User Manual

ManualsBrandsSiemens ManualsVariable Speed DriveSINAMICS G120 Control Units CU230P-2 Parameter Manual

SINAMICS

SINAMICS G120

CU230P-2 Control Units

List Manual

04/2014Edition

Answers for industry.

Summary of content (764 pages)

PAGE 1
s SINAMICS SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual Edition 04/2014 Answers for industry.
PAGE 2
PAGE 3
s SINAMICS SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual Control Units Firmware version CU230P-2_HVAC 4.7 CU230P-2_BT 4.7 CU230P-2_DP 4.7 CU230P-2_PN 4.7 CU230P-2_CAN 4.
PAGE 4
Legal information Warning notice system This Manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to equipment damage have no safety alert symbol.
PAGE 5
Table of contents 1 2 3 Fundamental safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.1 General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2 Industrial security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
Table of contents 4 A 6 3.12 Free function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608 3.13 Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629 3.14 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 3.15 Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 7
Fundamental safety instructions 1 Content 1.1 General safety instructions 8 1.
PAGE 8
1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.1 General safety instructions 1.1 General safety instructions WARNING Risk of death if the safety instructions and remaining risks are not carefully observed If the safety instructions and residual risks are not observed in the associated hardware documentation, accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur. • Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation. • Consider the residual risks for the risk evaluation.
PAGE 9
1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.2 Industrial security 1.2 Industrial security Note Industrial security Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, devices, and/or networks. They are important components of a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates.
PAGE 10
1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.
PAGE 11
2 Parameters Content 2.1 Overview of parameters 12 2.2 List of parameters 27 2.3 Parameters for data sets 468 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 477 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 488 2.
PAGE 12
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters 2.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list Basic structure of the parameter descriptions The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The table below contains all the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the information is optional.
PAGE 13
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the index or bit field (optional). Examples of the representation in the parameter list: • p... Adjustable parameters (read and write parameters) • r... Display parameters (read only) • p0918 Adjustable parameter 918 • p2051[0...13] Adjustable parameter 2051, indices 0 to 13 • p1001[0...
PAGE 14
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters BICO: Full parameter name / abbreviated name The following abbreviations can appear in front of the BICO parameter name: • BI: Binector Input This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal. • BO: Binector output This parameter is available as a digital signal for interconnection with other parameters. • CI: Connector Input This parameter is used for selecting the source of an "analog" signal.
PAGE 15
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 16
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Calculated Specifies whether the parameter is influenced by automatic calculations. p0340 determines which calculations are to be performed: • p0340 = 1 includes the calculations from p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5. • p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 ... p0360, p0625). • p0340 = 3 includes the calculations from p0340 = 4, 5. • p0340 = 4 only calculates the controller parameters. • p0340 = 5 only calculates the controller limits.
PAGE 17
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 18
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Can be changed The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and that the change will be effective immediately. The information "C(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can be changed only in the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take effect until the unit switches to another state. This can be a single state or multiple states.
PAGE 19
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Dyn. index (dynamic index) For parameters with a dynamic index [0...n], the following information is specified here: • Data set (if available). • Parameter for the number of indices (n = number - 1). The following information can be contained in this field: • "CDS, p0170" (Command Data Set, CDS count) Example: p1070[0]  main setpoint [command data set 0] p1070[1]  main setpoint [command data set 1], etc.
PAGE 20
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 21
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-8 Unit group (p11226) Unit group Unit selection for p11226 = Value 9_4 Reference variable for % Unit The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p11226. Function diagram The parameter is included in this function diagram. The structure of the parameter function and its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified function diagram.
PAGE 22
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters The following applies to the values (Min, Max, Factory setting) for indexed adjustable parameters: • Min, Max: The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices. • Factory setting: When all indices have the same factory setting, index 0 is specified with the unit to represent all indices. When the indices have different factory settings, they are all listed individually with the unit.
PAGE 23
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Notice The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4). Note Information that the user may find useful.
PAGE 24
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters 2.1.2 Number ranges of parameters Note The following number ranges represent an overview for all the parameters available for the SINAMICS drive family. The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of parameters" (Page 27).
PAGE 25
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-9 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range Description From To 2720 2729 Load gearbox 2800 2819 Logic operations 2900 2930 Fixed values (e. g.
PAGE 26
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 27
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 2.2 List of parameters Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng Objects: CU230P-2_BT, CU230P-2_CAN, CU230P-2_DP, CU230P-2_HVAC, CU230P-2_PN r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 200 - Description: Operating display for the drive.
PAGE 28
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0010 Description: Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800, 2818 Min Max Factory setting 0 49 1 Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 29
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p0014 = 1: With this setting, alarm A01066 followed by alarm A01067 can occur if parameters are continually changed via a fieldbus system. Parameter changes are entered in the volatile memory (RAM) and also in the non-volatile buffer memory.
PAGE 30
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0020 Speed setpoint smoothed / n_set smth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5020, 6799 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the currently smoothed speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator).
PAGE 31
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0024 Output frequency smoothed / f_outp smooth Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5300, 5730, 6300, 6799 Min Max Factory setting - [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz] Description: Displays the smoothed converter frequency.
PAGE 32
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). r0028 Modulation depth smoothed / Mod_depth smth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 33
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / P_actv_act smth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Dyn. index: - Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8750, 8850, 8950 Min Max Factory setting - [kW] - [kW] - [kW] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active power.
PAGE 34
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0036 Description: CO: Power unit overload I2t / PU overload I2t Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8014 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Displays the power unit overload determined using the I2t calculation. A current reference value is defined for the I2t monitoring of the power unit.
PAGE 35
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Rectifier maximum value [3] = Air intake [4] = Interior of power unit [5] = Inverter 1 [6] = Inverter 2 [7] = Inverter 3 [8] = Reserved [9] = Reserved [10] = Reserved [11] = Rectifier 1 [12] = Reserved [13] = Depletion layer 1 [14] = Depletion layer 2 [15] = Depletion layer 3 [16] = Depletion layer 4 [17] = Depletion layer 5 [18] = Depletion layer 6 [19] = Reserved Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 36
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0040 Description: Reset energy consumption display / Energy usage reset Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Setting to reset the display in r0039 and r0041. Procedure: Set p0040 = 0 --> 1 The displays are reset and the parameter is automatically set to zero.
PAGE 37
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 20 21 25 26 27 30 31 DC braking internal enable missing Power unit enable missing Function bypass active Drive inactive or not operational De-magnetizing not completed Speed controller inhibited Jog setpoint active Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Dependency: Refer to: r0002 Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. No No No No No No No - Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal.
PAGE 38
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0047 Motor data identification and speed controller optimization / MotID and n_opt PM230 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 300 - Description: Displays the actual status for the motor data identification (stationary measurement) and the speed controller optimization (rotating measurement).
PAGE 39
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 Dependency: Refer to: p0810, p0811, r0836 Note: The Command Data Set selected using a binector input (e.g. p0810) is displayed using r0836. r0051.0...1 Signal name CDS eff bit 0 CDS eff bit 1 1 signal ON ON 0 signal OFF OFF FP - CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 40
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 09: r0899 Bit 7 Bit 10: r2197 Bit 6 Bit 11: r0056 Bit 13 (negated) Bit 13: r2135 Bit 14 (negated) Bit 14: r2197 Bit 3 Bit 15: r2135 Bit 15 (negated) r0053.0...11 CO/BO: Status word 2 / ZSW 2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and BICO output for status word 2.
PAGE 41
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 42
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit 11: r1406.11 Bit 12: r1406.12 Bit 13: r2138.13 (negated) Bit 15: r0836.1 r0056.0...15 CO/BO: Status word, closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the closed-loop control.
PAGE 43
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 2701, 2704, 5020, 6030, 6799 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator).
PAGE 44
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0066 CO: Output frequency / f_outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300, 6310, 6730, 6731, 6799 Min Max Factory setting - [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz] Description: Display and connector output for the output frequency of the power unit.
PAGE 45
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: In indices 3 ... 5, the offset currents of the 3 phases, which are added to correct the phase currents, are displayed. The sum of the 3 corrected phase currents is displayed in index 6. r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 46
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Modulat_depth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5730, 6730, 6731, 6799, 8940, 8950 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the actual modulation depth. Dependency: Refer to: r0028 Note: For space vector modulation, 100% corresponds to the maximum output voltage without overcontrol.
PAGE 47
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0030 Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 300 ms) and unsmoothed (r0078). r0079 Description: r0080[0...1] CO: Torque setpoint / M_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 48
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed r0087 CO: Actual power factor / Cos phi act Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays the actual active power factor. This value refers to the electrical power of the basic fundamental signals at the output terminals of the converter. r0089[0...
PAGE 49
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 bin Description: Configuration of the motor when commissioning the motor.
PAGE 50
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index 1: Displays the bootloader version 3 (for CU320-2 and CU310-2) Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available. Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00. r0198[0...2] Description: BIOS/EEPROM data version / BIOS/EEPROM vers Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 51
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 52
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When the parameter is changed, all of the motor parameters (p0305 ... p0311), the technological application (p0500) and the control mode (p1300) are pre-assigned according to the selected application. The parameter has no influence when calculating the thermal overload. p0205 can only be changed to the settings that are saved in the power unit EEPROM.
PAGE 53
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0208 Description: Rated power unit line supply voltage / PU U_rated Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Displays the rated line supply voltage of the power unit. r0208 = 400 : 380 - 480 V +/-10 % r0208 = 500 : 500 - 600 V +/-10 % r0208 = 690 : 660 - 690 V +/-10 % r0209[0...
PAGE 54
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When setting a value for the braking power, the following calculations are made: - p1240, p1280: Vdc_max control is deactivated. - p1531 = - p0219: the power limit when generating is set (limited to - p1530). - The minimum ramp-down time is calculated (p1127) as a function of p0341, p0342 and p1082 (not for vector control with speed encoder).
PAGE 55
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: No filter Motor reactor dv/dt filter Dependency: The following parameters are influenced using p0230: p0230 = 1: --> p0233 (power unit, motor reactor) = filter inductance Refer to: p0233, p0234, p0290, p1082, p1800, p1802 Note: if a filter type cannot be selected, then this filter type is not permitted for the Motor Module. p0230 = 1: Power units with output reactor are limited to output frequencies of 150 Hz. r0231[0...
PAGE 56
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0238 Internal power unit resistance / PU R internal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm] Description: Displays the internal resistance of the power unit (IGBT and line resistance).
PAGE 57
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0290 Power unit overload response / PU overld response PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8014 Min Max Factory setting 0 13 2 Sets the response to a thermal overload condition of the power unit. The following quantities can result in a response to thermal overload: - heat sink temperature (r0037.0).
PAGE 58
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: Reduce output current or output frequency No reduction shutdown when overload threshold is reached Reduce I_output or f_output and f_pulse (not using I2t) Reduce the pulse frequency (not using I2t) Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only responses can be selected without pulse frequency reduction (p0290 = 0, 1).
PAGE 59
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: - Under certain circumstances, the fan can continue to run for longer than was set (e.g. as a result of the excessively high heat sink temperature). - For values less than 1 s, a 1 s run on time for the fan is active. - for a PM230 power unit, sizes D - F the parameter is ineffective. r0296 Description: DC link voltage undervoltage threshold / Vdc U_lower_thresh Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.
PAGE 60
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min Max Factory setting 0 600 0 Selecting the motor type.
PAGE 61
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: When the motor type is changed, the code number in p0301 may be reset to 0. When selecting a motor type from the 1LE1, 1LG6, 1LA7, 1LA8, 1LA9 series, parameters p0335, p0626, p0627, and p0628 of the thermal motor model are pre-assigned as a function of p0307 and p0311.
PAGE 62
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0306[0...n] Description: Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 50 1 Sets the number (count) of motors that can be operated in parallel using one motor data set. Depending on the motor number entered, internally an equivalent motor is calculated.
PAGE 63
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). Once the Control Unit has booted for the first time or if the factory settings have been restored, the parameter is preassigned to match the power unit. p0309[0...n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 99.9 [%] 0.
PAGE 64
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0311[0...n] Description: Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm] 0.0 [rpm] Sets the rated motor speed (rating plate). For p0311 = 0, the rated motor slip of induction motors is internally calculated and displayed in r0330.
PAGE 65
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0316[0...n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(1, 3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 PM250, PM260 Description: Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Nm/A] 400.00 [Nm/A] 0.00 [Nm/A] Sets the torque constant of the synchronous motor. p0316 = 0: The torque constant is calculated from the motor data.
PAGE 66
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. If p0323 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned accordingly. Note: The parameter has no effect for induction motors. The parameter has not effect for synchronous motors if a value of 0.0 is entered.
PAGE 67
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0329[0...n] Motor pole position identification current / Mot PolID current PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 PM250, PM260 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms] Sets the current for the pole position identification routine (p1980 = 1).
PAGE 68
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: If p0308 is not entered, the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). r0333[0...n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 7_4 Unit selection: p0100 Func.
PAGE 69
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. The following parameters are influenced using p0340: p0340 = 1: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 2, 3, 4, 5 --> p0341, p0342, p0344, p0612, p0640, p1082, p1231, p1232, p1333, p1349, p1611, p1654, p1726, p1825, p1828 ...
PAGE 70
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0343[0...n] Description: p0344[0...n] Rated motor current identified / Mot I_rated ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] 10000.00 [Arms] - [Arms] Displays the identified rated motor current.
PAGE 71
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0347[0...n] Description: Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 20.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Sets the de-magnetizing time (for induction motors) after the inverter pulses have been canceled.
PAGE 72
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The difference with which p0352 was manually changed, must also be subtracted from reference parameter p0629 of the Rs measurement. Note: The parameter influences the temperature adaptation of the stator resistance. The motor identification sets the cable resistance to 20% of the measured total resistance if p0352 is zero at the time that the measurement is made.
PAGE 73
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0358[0...n] Description: Motor rotor leakage inductance / Mot L_rot leak Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6727 Min Max Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] 1000.00000 [mH] 0.00000 [mH] Sets the rotor/secondary section leakage inductance of the motor.
PAGE 74
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The following applies for the flux values: p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 Refer to: p0367 Note: For induction motors, p0363 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). p0364[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.
PAGE 75
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0367[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. I_mag 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6726 Min Max Factory setting 5.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 75.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 76
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0370[0...n] Description: Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm] Displays the motor stator resistance at an ambient temperature (p0625). The value does not include the cable resistance. Dependency: r0372[0...
PAGE 77
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0377[0...n] Description: r0382[0...n] Motor leakage inductance total / Mot L_leak total Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [mH] - [mH] - [mH] Displays the stator leakage inductance of the motor including the motor reactor (p0233).
PAGE 78
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0396[0...n] Description: Actual rotor resistance / R_rotor act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730 Min Max Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm] Displays the actual rotor resistance (phase value). The parameter is affected by the motor temperature model.
PAGE 79
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p0500 = 0, 5 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set: - p1574 = 10 V - p1611 = 80 % (only p0500 = 5) - p1750.2 = 0 - p1802 = 4 (SVM/FLB without overcontrol) (PM240: p1802 = 0, PM260: p1802 = 2) - p1803 = 106 % (PM260: p1803 = 103 %) For p0500 = 1 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set: - p1574 = 2 V - p1750.
PAGE 80
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p0500 = 3 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set: - p1570 = 103 % (flux boost for full load) - p1580 = 100 % (efficiency optimization) - p1574 = 2 V - p1750.2 = 1: Encoderless control of the induction motor is effective down to zero frequency.
PAGE 81
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 26: 27: 28: 29: 30: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: °C Pa ltr/s m³/s ltr/min m³/min ltr/h m³/h kg/s kg/min kg/h t/min t/h N kN Nm psi °F gallon/s inch³/s gallon/min inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf lbf ft K rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h.
PAGE 82
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0601[0...n] Motor temperature sensor type / Mot_temp_sens type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016 Min Max Factory setting 0 4 0 Description: Sets the sensor type for the motor temperature monitoring.
PAGE 83
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). p0610[0...n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response Access level: 2 Calculated: - Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 84
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0612[0...n] Mot_temp_mod activation / Mot_temp_mod act Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017 Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0010 0000 0010 bin Description: Setting to activate the motor temperature model.
PAGE 85
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0620[0...n] Thermal adaptation, stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 2 1 Description: Sets the thermal adaptation of the stator/primary section resistance and rotor/secondary section resistance according to r0395 and r0396.
PAGE 86
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0621[0...n] Identification stator resistance after restart / Rst_ident Restart PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 2 0 Selects the identification of the stator resistance after booting the Control Unit (only for vector control).
PAGE 87
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p0622 < p0346 the following applies: If identification is activated, the magnetizing time is influenced by p0622. The speed is enabled after measurement is complete, but not before the time in p0346 has elapsed (see r0056 bit 4). The time taken for measurement also depends on the settling time of the measured current.
PAGE 88
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When selecting a standard induction motor listed in the catalog (p0300 > 100, p0301 > 10000), this parameter is automatically preassigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). p0628[0...
PAGE 89
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0632[0...n] Description: r0633[0...n] Mot_temp_mod stator winding temperature / Mod T_winding Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: MDS Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017 Min Max Factory setting - [°C] - [°C] - [°C] Displays the stator winding temperature of the motor temperature model (models 2 and 3).
PAGE 90
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Only effective for vector control. Note: The parameter is preassigned in the automatic calculation for chassis power units. p0650[0...n] Actual motor operating hours / Mot t_oper act Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 91
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 03 04 05 11 12 Note: DI 3 (T. 8) DI 4 (T. 16) DI 5 (T. 17) DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 DI 12 (T. 10, 11) AI 1 High High High High High Low Low Low Low Low - AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input T: Terminal r0722.0...12 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status / CU DI status Access level: 2 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 92
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0724 CU digital inputs debounce time / CU DI t_debounce Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [ms] 20.000 [ms] 4.000 [ms] Description: Sets the debounce time for digital inputs. Note: The digital inputs are read in cyclically every 2 ms (DI 11, DI 12 every 4 ms).
PAGE 93
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0052.3 Fault present r0052.4 Coast down active (OFF2) r0052.5 Quick stop active (OFF3) r0052.6 Switching on inhibited active r0052.7 Alarm present r0052.9 Control request r0052.14 Motor rotates forwards r0053.0 DC braking active r0053.1 n_act > p2167 (n_off) r0053.2 n_act <= p1080 (n_min) r0053.3 I_act > p2170 r0053.4 n_act > p2155 r0053.5 n_act <= p2155 r0053.6 n_act >= n_set r0053.10 Technology controller output at the lower limit r0053.
PAGE 94
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0747 CU digital outputs status / CU DO status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2130, 2131, 2132, 2133 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status of digital outputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 Note: DO: Digital Output Signal name DO 0 (NO: T. 19 / NC: T. 18) DO 1 (NO: T. 21) DO 2 (NO: T. 24 / NC: T.
PAGE 95
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0752[0...3] Description: CO: CU analog inputs input voltage/current actual / CU AI U/I_inp act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays the actual input voltage in V when set as voltage input.
PAGE 96
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0756[0...3] CU analog inputs type / CU AI type Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min Max Factory setting 0 8 [0] 4 [1] 4 [2] 2 [3] 8 Description: Sets the type of analog inputs. p0756[0...1] = 0, 1, 4 corresponds to a voltage input (r0752, p0757, p0759 are displayed in V). p0756[0...
PAGE 97
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0758[0...3] Description: CU analog inputs characteristic value y1 / CU AI char y1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min Max Factory setting -1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 0.00 [%] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 98
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0761[0...3] Description: CU analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold / CU WireBrkThresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 20.00 2.00 Sets the response threshold for the wire breakage monitoring of the analog inputs.
PAGE 99
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0771[0...1] CI: CU analog outputs signal source / CU AO S_src Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2261 Min Max Factory setting - - [0] 21[0] [1] 27[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the analog outputs. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal r0772[0...
PAGE 100
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0775[0...1] CU analog outputs activate absolute value generation / CU AO absVal act Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog outputs.
PAGE 101
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0778[0...1] Description: CU analog outputs characteristic value y1 / CU AO char y1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min Max Factory setting -20.000 [V] 20.000 [V] 0.000 [V] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 102
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0782[0...1] BI: CU analog outputs invert signal source / CU AO inv S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog output signals. Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) Note: AO: Analog Output T: Terminal r0785.0...
PAGE 103
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 11 12 Dependency: DI 11 (T. 3, 4) AI 0 DI 12 (T.10, 11) AI 1 Simulation Simulation Terminal eval Terminal eval - The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p0796. Refer to: p0796 Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971). AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input T: Terminal p0796 CU digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU DI simul setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 104
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0798[0...3] CU analog inputs simulation mode setpoint / CU AI sim setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting -50.000 2000.000 0.000 Description: Sets the setpoint for the input value in the simulation mode of the analog inputs. Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) [2] = AI2 (T. 50/51) [3] = AI3 (T.
PAGE 105
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_HVAC Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1100 0 Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 106
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1100 0 Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 107
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to block the master control. Dependency: Refer to: r0807 Note: The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example. r0807.
PAGE 108
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. Note: The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836. The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050. A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809. p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select.
PAGE 109
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: C(15), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set, bit 0 (DDS, bit 0).
PAGE 110
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 05: A data set changeover is only carried out when pole position identification is not running. Re bit 07: A data set changeover is only carried out when rotating measurement is not running. Re bit 08: A data set changeover is only carried out when motor data identification is not running. r0836.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS selected / CDS selected Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 111
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the motor can be moved, jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056. The command "ON/OFF (OFF1)" can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055/p1056. For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the switch-on inhibit is acknowledged. Only the signal source that originally powered up can also power down again. The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
PAGE 112
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1 CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 8720, 8820, 8920 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
PAGE 113
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2 PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 8720, 8820, 8920 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
PAGE 114
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal - No OFF3 (enable is possible) Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
PAGE 115
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For drives with closed-loop torque control (activated using p1501), the following applies: BI: p0849 = 0 signal: - No dedicated braking response, but pulse suppression when standstill is detected (p1226, p1227). p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2 PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 116
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters BI: p0852 = 0 signal Inhibit operation (suppress pulses). BI: p0852 = 1 signal Enable operation (pulses can be enabled). Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 117
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0857 Description: Power unit monitoring time / PU t_monit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8760, 8864, 8964 Min Max Factory setting 100.0 [ms] 60000.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] Sets the monitoring time for the power unit. The monitoring time is started after an 0/1 edge of the ON/OFF1 command.
PAGE 118
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 01 Signal name Energize contactor Note: Re bit 01: 1 signal Yes 0 signal No FP - Bit 1 is used to control an external line contactor. p0867 Power unit main contactor holding time after OFF1 / PU t_MC after OFF1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 500.0 [ms] 50.
PAGE 119
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: r0899.0...11 OC: Operating condition CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2503 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the sequence control.
PAGE 120
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 1: 20: 350: 352: 353: 354: 999: Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2 Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6 SIEMENS telegram 350, PZD-4/4 SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6 SIEMENS telegram 353, PZD-2/2, PKW-4/4 SIEMENS telegram 354, PZD-6/6, PKW-4/4 Free telegram configuration with BICO Dependency: Refer to: p2038 Note: For p0922 = 100 ... 199, p2038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed.
PAGE 121
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0947[0...63] Fault number / Fault number Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: This parameter is identical to r0945. r0948[0...63] Fault time received in milliseconds / t_fault recv ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 122
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 3: 4: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 255: r0964[0...6] 187.5 kbit/s 500 kbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s 3 Mbit/s 6 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 31.25 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s Unknown Device identification / Device ident Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the device identification.
PAGE 123
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0969 System runtime relative / t_System relative Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8060 Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] 0 [ms] Description: Displays the system runtime in ms since the last POWER ON. Note: The value in p0969 can only be reset to 0. The value overflows after approx. 49 days.
PAGE 124
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 11: 12: Save in non-volatile memory as setting 11 Save in non-volatile memory as setting 12 Dependency: Refer to: p0970, p1960, r3996 Caution: If a memory card (optional) is inserted – and the USB interface is not used, the following applies: The parameters are also saved on the card and therefore overwrite any existing data! Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be powered down after data has been saved (i.e.
PAGE 125
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This list consists solely of the following parameters: r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299] The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master). r0981[0...299] List of existing parameters 2 / List avail par 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.
PAGE 126
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0991[0...99] List of modified parameters 2 / List chang par 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0999 Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98.
PAGE 127
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 128
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 129
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 130
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1004[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 4 / n_set_fixed 4 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 4.
PAGE 131
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1009[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 9 / n_set_fixed 9 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 9.
PAGE 132
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1014[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 14 / n_set_fixed 14 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 14.
PAGE 133
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1021[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 1 / n_set_fixed Bit 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint. Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
PAGE 134
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Sets the values for the fixed speed setpoints 1 ... 15 using p1001 ... p1015. Refer to: p1070, r1197 Note: r1025.0 If a fixed speed setpoint has not been selected (p1020 ... p1023 = 0, r1197 = 0), then r1024 = 0 (setpoint = 0). BO: Fixed speed setpoint status / n_setp_fix status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 135
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 04: When the bit is set, the ramp-function generator is computed independent of the pulse enable. The actual output value of the motorized potentiometer is always in r1050. p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 136
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1036[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Mop lower CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3020 Min Max Factory setting - - [0] 2090.14 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the signal source to continuously lower the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 137
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1040[0...n] Motorized potentiometer starting value / Mop start value Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the starting value for the motorized potentiometer. This starting value becomes effective after the drive has been powered up.
PAGE 138
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1045 Description: p1047[0...n] CO: Mot. potentiometer speed setp. in front of ramp-fct. gen. / Mop n_set bef RFG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Sets the effective setpoint in front of the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator.
PAGE 139
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1051[0...n] CI: Speed limit RFG positive direction of rotation / n_limit RFG pos Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Min Max Factory setting - - 1083[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the speed limit of the positive direction on the ramp-function generator input.
PAGE 140
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1056[0...n] BI: Jog bit 1 / Jog bit 1 CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for jog 2. Recommend.
PAGE 141
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1063[0...n] Speed limit setpoint channel / n_limit setp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3040 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed limit/velocity limit effective in the setpoint channel. Dependency: Refer to: p1082, p1083, p1085, p1086, p1088 p1070[0...
PAGE 142
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1073 Description: CO: Main setpoint effective / Main setpoint eff Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3030 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Displays the effective main setpoint. The value shown is the main setpoint after scaling. p1075[0...
PAGE 143
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1080[0...n] Description: Minimum speed / n_min Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 8020 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 19500.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Sets the lowest possible motor speed. This value is not undershot in operation.
PAGE 144
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters During automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0), the parameter value is assigned the maximum motor speed (p0322). For p0322 = 0 the rated motor speed (p0311) is used as default (pre-assignment) value. For induction motors, the synchronous no-load speed is used as the default value (p0310 x 60 / r0313).
PAGE 145
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1088[0...n] CI: Speed limit in negative direction of rotation / n_limit neg Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Min Max Factory setting - - 1086[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the speed/velocity limit of the negative direction. p1091[0...
PAGE 146
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1098[0...n] CI: Skip speed scaling / n_skip scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the skip speeds. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094 r1099.
PAGE 147
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1108[0...n] BI: Total setpoint selection / Total setp sel Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the total setpoint. Dependency: The selection of the total speed setpoint is automatically interconnected to the status word of the technology controller (r2349.
PAGE 148
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1112 CO: Speed setpoint after minimum limiting / n_set aft min_lim Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the speed setpoint after the minimum limiting. Dependency: Refer to: p1091, p1092, p1093, p1094, p1101 p1113[0...
PAGE 149
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1119 CO: Ramp-function generator setpoint at the input / RFG setp at inp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 3070, 6300 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the setpoint at the input of the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 150
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time PM240 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 10.000 [s] Sets the ramp-down time for the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 151
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1127[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-down time / RFG t_RD min PM240 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the minimum ramp-down time.
PAGE 152
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1131[0...n] Ramp-function generator final rounding-off time / RFG t_end_delay PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 3.000 [s] Sets the final rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down. Note: p1134[0...
PAGE 153
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1135[0...n] OFF3 ramp-down time / OFF3 t_RD PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 5400.000 [s] 3.000 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time from the maximum speed down to zero speed for the OFF3 command.
PAGE 154
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1139[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-down time scaling / RFG t_RD scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the ramp-down time of the ramp-function generator. Dependency: Refer to: p1121 Note: The ramp-down time is set in p1121.
PAGE 155
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Sets the signal source for the command "continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator".
PAGE 156
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_HVAC Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint".
PAGE 157
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: 0/1 signal: The ramp-function generator output is immediately (without delay) set to the setting value of the ramp-function generator. 1 signal: The setting value of the ramp-function generator is effective. 1/0 signal: The input value of the ramp-function generator is effective. The ramp-function generator output is adapted to the input value using the ramp-up time or the ramp-down time. 0 signal: The input value of the ramp-function generator is effective.
PAGE 158
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1148[0...n] Description: Ramp-function gen. tolerance for ramp-up and ramp-down active / RFG tol HL/RL act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 1000.000 [rpm] 19.800 [rpm] Sets the tolerance value for the status of the ramp-function generator (ramp-up active, ramp-down active).
PAGE 159
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 11 13 14 15 r1199.0...8 Setpoint inversion Motorized potentiometer raise Motorized potentiometer lower Bypass ramp-function generator Yes Yes Yes Yes 3040 3020 3020 3070 CO/BO: Ramp-function generator status word / RFG ZSW Access level: 4 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 160
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If p1200 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set. The reason for this is that the dynamic limits of p1200 have been changed by a parameter that was set when the drive was commissioned (e.g. p0300). p1201[0...n] BI: Flying restart enable signal source / Fly_res enab S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 161
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 10 [%] 4000 [%] 150 [%] Sets the factor for the search speed for flying restart. The value influences the rate at which the output frequency is changed during a flying restart .
PAGE 162
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 11 12 13 Stop after positive direction Stop after negative direction No result Yes Yes Yes No No No r1204.0...15 CO/BO: Flying restart U/f control status / FlyRest Uf st PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 163
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1205.0...20 CO/BO: Flying restart vector control status / FlyRest vector st PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and connector output for the status for checking and monitoring flying restart states in the vector control mode.
PAGE 164
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 4: 6: 14: 16: 26: Inhibit automatic restart Acknowledge all faults without restarting Restart after line supply failure w/o additional start attempts Restart after fault with additional start attempts Restart after line supply failure following man. acknowledgment Restart after fault following manual acknowledgment Acknowledging all faults and reclosing for an ON command Recommend.
PAGE 165
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters As long as a fault is present, an acknowledge command is generated in the time intervals of p1212 / 2. When successfully acknowledged, the start counter is decremented. If, after this, a fault re-occurs before a restart has been completed, then acknowledgement starts again from the beginning. Fault F07320 is output if, after several faults occur, the number of parameterized start attempts has been reached. After a successful start attempt, i.e.
PAGE 166
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re index 1: The start counter (refer to r1214) is only set back to the starting value p1211 if, after successful restart, the time in p1213[1] has expired. The delay time is not effective for fault acknowledgement without automatic restart (p1210 = 1). After a power failure (blackout) the delay time only starts after the line supply returns and the Control Unit boots.
PAGE 167
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 04 in addition: For p1210 = 26, the system waits in this state until the switch-on command is available. p1226[0...n] Description: Threshold for zero speed detection / n_standst n_thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8020 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 20.
PAGE 168
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1228 Description: Pulse suppression delay time / Pulse suppr t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8020 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 299.000 [s] 0.010 [s] Sets the delay time for pulse suppression.
PAGE 169
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p1231 = 14: In addition to the function for p1231 = 5, binector input p1230 is evaluated. DC braking is only automatically activated when the speed threshold p1234 is fallen below if binector input p1230 = 1 signal. This is also the case, if no OFF command is present. After demagnetization and after the time in p1233 has expired, the drive changes back into normal operation or is switched-off (for OFF1/OFF3).
PAGE 170
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Re bit 12, 13: Only effective for p1231 = 14. p1240[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (vector control) / Vdc ctr config vec PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min Max Factory setting 0 3 1 Description: Sets the controller configuration of the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the closed-loop control mode.
PAGE 171
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1242 Vdc_max controller switch-in level / Vdc_max on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min Max Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller. If p1254 = 0 (automatic sensing of the switch-in level = off), then the following applies: r1242 = 1.
PAGE 172
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0210 Warning: An excessively high value may adversely affect normal drive operation. r1246 Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - PM240, PM330 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 173
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1250[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 100.00 1.00 Description: Sets the proportional gain for the DC-link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
PAGE 174
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1255[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold / Vdc_min t_thresh PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 1800.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Sets the time threshold for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 175
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 3: Bypass de-activated Bypass without synchronization Note: When the converter is switched on, the state of the bridging contactor is evaluated. If the automatic restart is active (p1210 = 4) and both an ON command (r0054.0 = 1) and the bypass signal (p1266 = 1, configuration p1267.0 = 1) are still present during power-up, the converter goes into "ready for operation and bypass" state (r0899.0 = 1 and r0046.
PAGE 176
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1265 Bypass speed threshold / Bypass n_thresh Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 1480.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed threshold to activate the bypass. Note: When selecting p1260 = 3 and p1267.1 = 1, the bypass is automatically activated when this speed is reached.
PAGE 177
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1271[0...n] Flying restart maximum frequency for the inhibited direction / FlyRes f_max dir PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [Hz] 650 [Hz] 0 [Hz] Description: Sets the maximum search frequency for a flying restart in an inhibited setpoint direction (p1110, p1111).
PAGE 178
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1280[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6320 Min Max Factory setting 0 3 1 Description: Sets the configuration of the controller for the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the U/f operating mode.
PAGE 179
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1284[0...n] Vdc_max controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_max t_thresh PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 300.000 [s] 4.000 [s] Sets the monitoring time for the Vdc_max controller.
PAGE 180
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1291[0...n] Vdc controller integral time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Tn PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320 Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 40 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time for the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller). p1292[0...
PAGE 181
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1297[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min n_thresh PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 50.00 [rpm] Sets the speed threshold for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 182
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 7: 20: Dependency: U/f control for a parabolic characteristic and ECO Speed control (encoderless) Only operation with U/f characteristic is possible if the rated motor speed is not entered (p0311). Refer to: p0300, p0311, p0500 Notice: Active slip compensation is required in the U/f control types with Eco mode (p1300 = 4, 7). The scaling of the slip compensation (p1335) should be set so that the slip is completely compensated (generally 100%).
PAGE 183
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters This is the reason that the output voltage can be increased using p1310. The voltage boost can be used for both linear as well as square-law U/f characteristics. Not for power units PM230, PM250, PM260: For field orientation (p1302.4 = 1, default setting for p0096 = 1), in the vicinity of low output frequencies, a minimum current is impressed with the magnitude of the rated magnetizing current.
PAGE 184
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The voltage boost when accelerating can improve the response to small, positive setpoint changes. Assigning priorities for the voltage boosts: refer to p1310 For field orientation (p1302.4 = 1, not PM230, PM250, PM260), p1312 of the voltage boost are also added in the direction of the load current (non-linear). r1315 Description: Voltage boost total / U_boost total Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
PAGE 185
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1335[0...n] Slip compensation scaling / Slip comp scal PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 PM250, PM260 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6310 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 600.0 [%] 0.0 [%] Sets the setpoint for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip). p1335 = 0.0 %: Slip compensation de-activated.
PAGE 186
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1337 CO: Actual slip compensation / Slip comp act val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the actual compensated slip [%] referred to r0330 (rated motor slip). Dependency: p1335 > 0 %: Slip compensation active. Refer to: p1335 p1338[0...
PAGE 187
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The I_max limiting controller becomes ineffective if the ramp-function generator is de-activated with p1122 = 1. p1341 = 0: I_max frequency controller de-activated and I_max voltage controller activated over the complete speed range. p1341[0...n] I_max frequency controller integral time / I_max_ctrl Tn Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
PAGE 188
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The controller settings are also used in the current controller of the DC braking (refer to p1232). For p1346 = 0, the following applies: The integral time of the I_max voltage controller is de-activated. r1348 CO: U/f control Eco factor actual value / U/f Eco fac act v Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 189
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 190
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 02: The flux build-up control operates during the magnetizing phase p0346 of the induction motor. If it is switched out, a constant current setpoint is injected and the flux is built up corresponding to the rotor time constant. Re bit 03: Activating the load-dependent calculation of the direct axis flux setpoint using the optimum flow characteristic (see p2970 and the following) for the controlled reluctance motor.
PAGE 191
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2530 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the current controller. Bit field: Bit 00 01 03 10 12 13 14 p1416[0...
PAGE 192
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1461[0...n] Description: Speed controller Kp adaptation speed upper scaling / n_ctr Kp n up scal Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6050 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 200000.0 [%] 100.0 [%] Sets the P gain of the speed controller for the upper adaptation speed range (> p1465).
PAGE 193
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If the upper transition point p1465 of the speed controller adaptation is set to lower values than the lower transition point p1464, then the controller below p1465 is adapted with p1461 or p1463. This means that an adaptation can be implemented for low speeds without having to change the controller parameters. r1468 CO: Speed controller P-gain effective / n_ctr Kp eff Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 194
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1493 Description: CO: Moment of inertia total, scaled / M_mom inert tot_sc Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: 6031 Min Max Factory setting - [kgm²] - [kgm²] - [kgm²] Display and connector output for the parameterized total moment of inertia. The value is calculated with ((p0341 * p0342) * p1496). p1496[0...
PAGE 195
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1517[0...n] Accelerating torque smoothing time constant / M_accel T_smooth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6060 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [ms] 100.00 [ms] 4.00 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the accelerating torque.
PAGE 196
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1530[0...n] Power limit motoring / P_max mot Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [kW] 100000.00 [kW] 0.00 [kW] Description: Sets the power limit when motoring. Dependency: Refer to: p0500, p1531 Note: The power limit is limited to 300% of the rated motor power. p1531[0...
PAGE 197
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1538 CO: Upper effective torque limit / M_max upper eff Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6640 Min Max Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Description: Display and connector output for the actual effective upper torque limit.
PAGE 198
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1566[0...n] Description: Flux reduction factor torque / Flux red fact torq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Controlled reluctance motor: Display of the lower torque limit to evaluate the optimum flux characteristic.
PAGE 199
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1570[0...n] CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722 Min Max Factory setting 50.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 103.0 [%] Description: Sets the flux setpoint referred to rated motor flux.
PAGE 200
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1579[0...n] Description: Flux reduction flux build-up smoothing time / Flux red T_incr Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 5000 [ms] 4 [ms] Controlled reluctance motor: Sets the time constant for establishing the flux setpoint Dependency: Refer to: p1578 p1580[0...
PAGE 201
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1581[0...n] Description: Flux reduction factor / Flux red factor Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [%] 100 [%] 100 [%] Controlled reluctance motor: Sets the lower flux limit to evaluate the optimum flux characteristic p2970ff. The value is referred to the rated motor flux (p0357 * r0331). p1582[0...
PAGE 202
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1592[0...n] Flux controller integral time / Flux controller Tn Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723 Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 30 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time for the flux controller.
PAGE 203
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1601[0...n] Description: Current injection ramp time / I_inject t_ramp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 [ms] 10000 [ms] 20 [ms] Sets the ramp time to inject the current setpoint for changing into open-loop controlled operation. The current setpoint is generated from p1610 and p1611.
PAGE 204
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1616[0...n] Description: Current setpoint smoothing time / I_set T_smooth Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6721, 6722 Min Max Factory setting 4 [ms] 10000 [ms] 40 [ms] Sets the smoothing time for the current setpoint. The current setpoint is generated from p1610 and p1611. Note: r1623[0...
PAGE 205
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1710[0...n] Current controller adaptation d axis starting point KP / Id_adapt pt KP Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] 6000.00 [Arms] 0.
PAGE 206
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1717[0...n] Current controller integral-action time / I_ctrl Tn Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5714, 6700, 6714, 7017 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 2.00 [ms] Description: Sets the integral-action time of the current controller. Dependency: Refer to: p1715 p1720[0...
PAGE 207
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1732[0...1] CO: Direct-axis voltage setpoint / Direct U set Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5700, 5714, 6714, 5718 Min Max Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Display and connector output for the direct axis voltage setpoint Ud. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 r1733[0...
PAGE 208
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1749[0...n] Description: Motor model increase changeover speed encoderless operation / Incr n_chng no enc Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 99.0 [%] 50.0 [%] Minimum operating frequency for rugged operation.
PAGE 209
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 7 = 1: The following applies for encoderless vector control of induction motors: If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755. The effective time condition for changing over into open-controlled operation is given by Min(p1758, 0.5 * r0384).
PAGE 210
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Activation can make sense for applications that demand a high torque at low frequencies and therefore low speed gradients. Adequate parameterization must be ensured (p1610, p1611). p1750[0...n] Motor model configuration / MotMod config PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 211
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1751 Motor model status / MotMod status Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status of the motor model.
PAGE 212
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1756 Motor model changeover speed hysteresis encoderless operation / MotMod n_chgov hys Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6730, 6731 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 95.0 [%] 50.0 [%] Description: Sets the hysteresis for the changeover speed of the motor model for encoderless operation.
PAGE 213
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1770 CO: Motor model speed adaptation proportional component / MotMod n_adapt Kp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6730 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the P component of the controller for speed adaptation. r1771 CO: Motor model speed adaptation I comp.
PAGE 214
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1780[0...n] Motor model adaptation configuration / MotMod adapt conf PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: Unsigned16 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0001 0100 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the adaptation circuit of the motor model.
PAGE 215
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1784[0...n] Motor model feedback scaling / MotMod fdbk scal Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for model fault feedback.
PAGE 216
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3), then the pulse frequency cannot be set below the minimum value required for the filter. For operation with output reactors, the pulse frequency is limited to 4 kHz (see p0230). If p1800 is changed during commissioning (p0010 > 0), then it is possible that the old value will no longer be able to be set.
PAGE 217
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When modulation modes are enabled that could lead to overmodulation (p1802 = 0, 2, 10), the modulation depth must be limited using p1803 (default, p1803 = 98%). The higher the overmodulation, the greater the current ripple and torque ripple. With p1802 = 10, the modulation depth limit is automatically reduced to 100% in the critical output frequency range (over approx. 57 Hz).
PAGE 218
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3, 4), then only space vector modulation without overcontrol can be selected as modulation type (p1802 = 3). This does not apply to power units PM260. p1802 = 10 can only be set for power units PM230 and PM240 and for r0204.15 = 0.
PAGE 219
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1806[0...n] Filter time constant Vdc correction / T_filt Vdc_corr PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms] Sets the filter time constant of the DC link voltage used to calculate the modulation depth. p1806[0...
PAGE 220
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 Signal name Avg value filter for U_lim (only for Vdc_comp. in modulator) DC link voltage compensation in the current control 1 signal Yes 0 signal No FP - Yes No - Notice: Bit 1 = 1 can only be set under a pulse inhibit and for r0192.14 = 1. Note: Re bit 00 = 0: Voltage limitation from the minimum of the DC link voltage (lower ripple in the output current, reduced output voltage).
PAGE 221
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1822 Power unit line phases monitoring tolerance time / PU ph monit t_tol Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 500 [ms] 540000 [ms] 1000 [ms] Description: Sets the tolerance time for line phase monitoring for blocksize power units.
PAGE 222
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1829 Compensation valve lockout time phase V / Comp t_lock ph V PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [µs] 7.80 [µs] 0.00 [µs] Description: Sets the valve lockout time to compensate for phase V.
PAGE 223
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 10 11 12 13 14 15 Gating unit state bit 0 Gating unit state bit 1 Gating unit state bit 2 Alarm status bit 0 Alarm status bit 1 Diagnostics 24 V ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement / MotID and rot meas PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - PM240 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 224
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement / MotID and rot meas PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 3 2 Sets the motor data identification and speed controller optimization.
PAGE 225
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1901 Test pulse evaluation configuration / Test puls config PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 bin Sets the configuration for the test pulse evaluation. Bit 00: Check for conductor-to-conductor short circuit once/always when the pulses are enabled.
PAGE 226
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 Signal name Short-circuit test successfully performed Phase short-circuit detected Ground fault test successfully performed Ground fault detected Identification pulse width greater than the minimum pulse width 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No FP - Note: If the ground fault test was selected, but not successfully performed, then sufficient current will not be able to be established during the test pulses.
PAGE 227
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motor data identification.
PAGE 228
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1910 = 20: Only for internal SIEMENS use.
PAGE 229
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 24: 25: 26: 27: 28: Dependency: Rectangular voltage vector input with filter Triangular voltage vector input with filter Enter voltage vector with DTC correction Enter voltage vector with AVC Enter voltage vector with DTC + AVC correction "Quick commissioning" must be carried out (p0010 = 1, p3900 > 0) before executing the motor data identification routine! When selecting the motor data identification routine, the drive data set changeover is suppressed.
PAGE 230
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1914[0...2] Identified total leakage inductance / L_total_leak ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [mH] - [mH] - [mH] Description: Displays the identified total leakage inductance. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1915[0...
PAGE 231
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1959[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0001 1110 bin Description: Sets the configuration of the rotating measurement.
PAGE 232
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 04 12 13 Note: Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Yes Measurement shortened Yes After measurement direct transition into Yes operation No No No - The following parameters are influenced for the individual optimization steps: Bit 01: p0320, p0360, p0362 ... p0369 Bit 02: p0341, p0342 Bit 03: p1400.0, p1458, p1459, p1463, p1470, p1472, p1496 Bit 04: Dependent on p1960 p1960 = 1, 3: p1400.
PAGE 233
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1961 Saturation characteristic speed to determine / Sat_char n determ PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 26 [%] 75 [%] 30 [%] Sets the speed to determine the saturation characteristic. The percentage value is referred to p0310 (rated motor frequency).
PAGE 234
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1969 Description: Speed_ctrl_opt moment of inertia determined / n_opt M_inert det Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [kgm²] - [kgm²] - [kgm²] Displays the determined moment of inertia of the drive. After it has been determined, the value is transferred to p0341, p0342.
PAGE 235
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2000 Description: Reference speed reference frequency / n_ref f_ref Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 6.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 1500.00 [rpm] Sets the reference quantity for speed and frequency. All speeds or frequencies specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 236
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter is only updated during the automatic calculation (p0340 = 1, p3900 > 0) if motor commissioning was carried out beforehand for drive data set zero. This means that the parameter is not locked against overwriting using p0573 = 1. Notice: If various DDS are used with different motor data, then the reference quantities remain the same as these are not changed over with the DDS. The resulting conversion factor must be taken into account.
PAGE 237
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This value is calculated as follows: Infeed: Calculated from voltage times current. Closed-loop control: Calculated from torque times speed. Refer to: p2000, p2001, p2002, p2003 Note: If a BICO interconnection is established between different physical quantities, then the particular reference quantities are used as internal conversion factor.
PAGE 238
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = PZD 1 [1] = PZD 2 [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 r2019[0...7] Comm IF error statistics / Comm err Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the receive errors at the commissioning interface (USS, RS232).
PAGE 239
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2021 Field bus interface address / Field bus address CU230P-2_BT Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310 Min Max Factory setting 0 255 0 Displays or sets the address for the fieldbus interface (RS485). The address can be set as follows: 1) Using the address switch on the Control Unit.
PAGE 240
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 3: 4: 127: PKW 0 words PKW 3 words PKW 4 words PKW variable Dependency: Refer to: p2030 Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p2024[0...2] Fieldbus interface times / Fieldbus times CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 241
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2026[0...74] Fieldbus interface BACnet COV increment / BACnet COV incr CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU230P-2_HVAC Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310 Min Max Factory setting 0 4194303 1 Description: Sets BACnet COV (change of value) increment values.
PAGE 242
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 5: 8: No protocol USS MODBUS BACnet P1 Notice: For p0014 = 1, the following applies: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
PAGE 243
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2032 Master control control word effective / PcCtrl STW eff Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the effective control word 1 (STW1) of the drive for the master control.
PAGE 244
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2039 Description: Select debug monitor interface / Debug monit select Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 3 0 The serial interface for the debug monitor is COM1 (commissioning interface, RS232) or COM2 (fieldbus interface, RS485).
PAGE 245
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered when the setpoint fails. p2044 PROFIdrive fault delay / PD fault delay CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 246
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = PZD 3 [3] = PZD 4 [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2051[0...13] CI: PROFIdrive PZD send word / PZD send word CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 247
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Signal name Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 1 signal ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 0 signal OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF r2054 PROFIBUS status / PB status CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 248
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2060[0...10] CO: PROFIdrive PZD receive double word / PZD recv DW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2468 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with double word format received from the fieldbus controller.
PAGE 249
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3] = PZD 4 + 5 [4] = PZD 5 + 6 [5] = PZD 6 + 7 [6] = PZD 7 + 8 [7] = PZD 8 + 9 [8] = PZD 9 + 10 [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 [11] = PZD 12 + 13 [12] = PZD 13 + 14 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used. r2067[0...
PAGE 250
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2074[0...11] PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / Diag addr recv CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
PAGE 251
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [4] = PZD 5 [5] = PZD 6 [6] = PZD 7 [7] = PZD 8 [8] = PZD 9 [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 [12] = PZD 13 [13] = PZD 14 Note: Value range: 0 - 242: Byte offset 65535: Not assigned r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 252
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3] = Bit 3 [4] = Bit 4 [5] = Bit 5 [6] = Bit 6 [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2080[0...
PAGE 253
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2081[0...15] Description: BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form status word 2.
PAGE 254
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2083[0...15] Description: BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller. The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4.
PAGE 255
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv CU230P-2_BT Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_HVAC Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472 Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.
PAGE 256
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 13 14 15 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Inverted Inverted Inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089 r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 257
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 13 14 15 r2091.0...15 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
PAGE 258
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive controller.
PAGE 259
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
PAGE 260
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2099[0...1] Description: CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter. A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source.
PAGE 261
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re value = 2 (OFF2): Internal/external pulse inhibit. Re value = 3 (OFF3): Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit. Re value = 5 (STOP2): n_set = 0 Re value = 6 (armature short-circuit, internal/DC braking): This value can only be set for all drive data sets when p1231 = 4. a) DC braking is not possible for synchronous motors. b) DC braking is possible for induction motors. p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1.
PAGE 262
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - [0] 722.2 [1] 0 [2] 0 [3] 0 Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults. Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal. p2105[0...n] BI: 3.
PAGE 263
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3 PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min Max Factory setting - - 4022.1 Sets the signal source for external fault 3.
PAGE 264
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 1. Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. r2114[0...
PAGE 265
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2118[0...19] Change message type message number / Chng type msg_no Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8075 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 Description: Selects faults or alarms for which the message type should be changed.
PAGE 266
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2122[0...63] Alarm code / Alarm code Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the number of alarms that have occurred.
PAGE 267
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122. p2126[0...19] Change acknowledge mode fault number / Chng ackn F_no Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 268
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 269
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2133[0...63] Fault value for float values / Fault val float Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred for float values.
PAGE 270
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 07 10 11 12 13 14 15 Signal name Acknowledge fault External alarm 1 (A07850) effective External alarm 2 (A07851) effective External alarm 3 (A07852) effective External fault 1 (F07860) effective External fault 2 (F07861) effective External fault 3 (F07862) effective 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No Dependency: Refer to: p2103, p2104, p2105, p2106, p2107, p2108, p2112, p2116, p2117, p3110, p3111, p3112 r2139.0...
PAGE 271
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: p2142[0...n] Refer to: p2142, r2199 Hysteresis speed 1 / n_hysteresis 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 300.00 [rpm] 2.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the signal "f or n / v comparison value reached or exceeded" (BO: r2199.1).
PAGE 272
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2148[0...n] Description: BI: RFG active / RFG active Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8011 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source for the signal "ramp-function generator active" for the following signals/messages: "Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_on" (BO: r2199.
PAGE 273
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2151[0...n] Description: CI: Speed setpoint for messages/signals / n_set for msg Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8011 Min Max Factory setting - - 1170[0] Sets the signal source for the speed setpoint for the following messages: "Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_off" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 274
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2162[0...n] Hysteresis speed n_act > n_max / Hyst n_act>n_max Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 60000.00 [rpm] 0.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the signal "n_act > n_max" (BO: r2197.6).
PAGE 275
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2167[0...n] Switch-on delay n_act = n_set / t_on n_act=n_set Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8011 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 200.0 [ms] Description: Sets the switch-on delay for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_on" signal/message (BO: r2199.4).
PAGE 276
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2173[0...n] DC link voltage comparison delay time / t_del Vdc Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 10 [ms] Description: Sets the delay time for the comparison of the DC link voltage r0070 with the threshold value p2172. Dependency: Refer to: p2172 p2175[0...
PAGE 277
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2179[0...n] Description: Output load identification current limit / Outp_ld iden I_lim Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8020 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] 1000.00 [Arms] 0.00 [Arms] Sets the current limit for output load identification.
PAGE 278
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The following applies: p2182 < p2183 < p2184 Refer to: p2183, p2184, p2185, p2186 Note: In order that the load monitoring can reliably respond, the speed threshold p2182 should always be set lower than the minimum motor speed to be monitored. p2183[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 / n_thresh 2 Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
PAGE 279
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The following applies: p2186 < p2185 Refer to: p2182, p2185 Note: p2187[0...n] The lower envelope curve is defined by p2186, p2188 and p2190. Load monitoring torque threshold 2 upper / M_thresh 2 upper Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 10000000.
PAGE 280
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2192[0...n] Description: p2193[0...n] Load monitoring delay time / Load monit t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [s] 65.00 [s] 10.00 [s] Sets the delay time to evaluate the load monitoring.
PAGE 281
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bit 04: The threshold value is set in r1119 and the hysteresis in p2150. Re bit 05: The threshold value is set in p1266 and the delay time in p1228. Re bit 06: The hysteresis is set in p2162. Re bit 07: The threshold value is set in p2163 and the hysteresis is set in p2164. Re bit 08: The threshold value is set in p2170 and the delay time in p2171. Re bit 09, 10: The threshold value is set in p2172 and the delay time in p2173.
PAGE 282
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2200[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the technology controller. The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal. p2201[0...
PAGE 283
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 50.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 5 of the technology controller.
PAGE 284
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 10 of the technology controller.
PAGE 285
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 150.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 15 of the technology controller.
PAGE 286
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller.
PAGE 287
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: For p0014 = 1, the following applies: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. Note: Re bit 00: 0: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. 1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved and after ON is entered using r2231.
PAGE 288
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2236[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller motorized potentiometer lower setpoint / Tec_ctrl mop lower Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source to continually reduce the setpoint for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 289
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2247[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-up time / Tec_ctr mop t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [s] 1000.0 [s] 10.0 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 290
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint 1 of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2254, p2255 p2254[0...
PAGE 291
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2258 Technology controller ramp-down time / Tec_ctrl t_ramp-dn Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2257 Note: The ramp-down time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 292
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2265 Technology controller actual value filter time constant / Tec_ctrl act T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the actual value filter (PT1) of the technology controller.
PAGE 293
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2270 Technology controller actual value function / Tec_ctr ActVal fct Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0 3 0 Description: Setting to use an arithmetic function for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 294
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2274 Technology controller differentiation time constant / Tec_ctrl D comp T Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the time constant for the differentiation (D component) of the technology controller. Note: p2274 = 0: Differentiation is disabled.
PAGE 295
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2291 CO: Technology controller maximum limiting / Tec_ctrl max_lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the maximum limit of the technology controller.
PAGE 296
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - - 2295[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling value of the technology controller. Dependency: Refer to: p2295 p2297[0...
PAGE 297
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If fault F07426 "technology controller actual value limited" occurs while ramping up to the starting value and if the associated reaction has been set to "NONE" (see p2100, p2101), the starting value is kept as the speed setpoint instead of a switch to closed-loop control operation. p2306 Description: Technology controller fault signal inversion / Tec_ctrl fault inv Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 298
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: Dependent upon the application, the changing over of the setpoint when fault F07426 occurs can lead to the fault condition disappearing and the re-activation of the technology controller. This can repeat itself and cause limit oscillations. In this case, a different fault response or a different fixed setpoint 15 for the fault response p2345 = 2 should be selected.
PAGE 299
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2371 Description: Closed-loop cascade control configuration / Csc_ctrl config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 8 0 Parameter for configuring the connection and disconnection of external motors to and from the line voltage.
PAGE 300
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p2372 = 2: Motor selection for switching-in/switching-out is derived from the operating hours counter p2380. When switching-in, the motor with the least operating hours is connected. When switching-out, the motor with the most operating hours is disconnected. In addition, those motors which have been in operation continuously for longer than the time set in p2381 are interchanged automatically.
PAGE 301
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2376 Closed-loop cascade control overcontrol threshold / Csc_ctr ovctr_thr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 25.0 [%] Description: Threshold value for instantaneous switching-in or switching-out external motors.
PAGE 302
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2380[0...2] Description: Closed-loop cascade control operating hours / Csc_ctrl op_hrs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [h] 340.28235E36 [h] 0.0 [h] Displays the operating hours for the external motors. The display can only be reset to zero.
PAGE 303
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2384 Description: Closed-loop cascade control motor switch-on delay / Csc_ctr t_del_on Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 999.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Delay time once the switch-in conditions have been met until the external motor is switched on.
PAGE 304
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2391[0...n] Energy-saving mode delay time / En_sav t_delay Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [s] 3599 [s] 120 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the energy-saving mode function.
PAGE 305
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2395[0...n] Description: Energy-saving mode boost speed / En_sav n_boost Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 21000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Sets the boost speed for the energy-saving mode function.
PAGE 306
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: When this function is active, the motor can start again automatically. Note: When the energy-saving mode function (p2398 = 1) is activated, its behavior is defined as to whether the technology controller is additionally switched in (closed-loop) or switched out (open-loop). The technology controller is enabled via binector input p2200 and its mode is set in p2251.
PAGE 307
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for frequently used percentage values.
PAGE 308
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = d-current [1] = d-flux iq0 [2] = d-flux iq1 [3] = d-flux iq2 [4] = d-current error iq0 [5] = d-current error iq1 [6] = d-current error q2 Note: The display is only generated when the pulses are inhibited. p3110 External fault 3 power-up delay / Ext fault 3 t_on Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 309
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 310
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3117 Description: Change safety message type / Ch. SI mess type Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Sets the re-parameterization of all safety messages for faults and alarms. The relevant message type during changeover is selected by the firmware.
PAGE 311
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 18 19 20 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High High High Low Low Low Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120 Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). - The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945. Re bits 20 ...
PAGE 312
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re bits 20 ...
PAGE 313
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3231[0...n] Load monitoring speed deviation / Load monit n_dev Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 150.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the permissible speed deviation during load monitoring (for p2193 = 2). Dependency: Refer to: r2169, p2181, p2193, p3230 p3232[0...
PAGE 314
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The characteristic comprises the following value pairs: Power (P) / speed (n) p3320 / p3321 --> point 1 (P1 / n1) p3322 / p3323 --> point 2 (P2 / n2) p3324 / p3325 --> point 3 (P3 / n3) p3326 / p3327 --> point 4 (P4 / n4) p3328 / p3329 --> point 5 (P5 / n5) Dependency: Refer to: r0041, p3321, p3322, p3323, p3324, p3325, p3326, p3327, p3328, p3329 Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041.
PAGE 315
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The reference value for power and speed is the rated power/rated speed. The energy saved is displayed in r0041. p3324[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine power point 3 / Fluid_mach P3 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 100.00 77.
PAGE 316
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3328[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine power point 5 / Fluid_mach P5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 100.00 100.00 For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the characteristic is required.
PAGE 317
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3332[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 3 / 2/3 wire cmd 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2273 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for command 3 for the two-wire control/three-wire control.
PAGE 318
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The modulator mode p1802 must enable operation in the overmodulation range. In addition, the overmodulation limit p1803 must be greater than 103 %. Notice: Motor identification must be carried out before activating the DC quantity control in the overmodulation range. p3856[0...n] Compound braking current / Compound I_brake PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn.
PAGE 319
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3859.1 CO/BO: DC quantity control status word / DC_ctrl ZSW PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6797 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and connector output for the status word of the DC quantity control.
PAGE 320
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 6: 7: Last known setpoint (r1078 smoothed) Fixed speed setpoint 15 (p1015) Control Unit analog input 0 (AI 0, r0755[0]) Fieldbus Techn controller Enable the response OFF1 Enable the response OFF2 Warning: Re p3881 = 4: If the technology controller is used as setpoint source, then this must first be configured. p2251 must be set to 0.
PAGE 321
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3884 CI: ESM setpoint technology controller / ESM setp tech_ctrl Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7033 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint for p3881 = 4 (technology controller) in the essential service mode (ESM).
PAGE 322
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 06 09 10 Technology controller during essential service mode active Response OFF1/OFF2 activated Automatic restart interrupted (F07320) Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Note: ESM: Essential Service Mode p3900 Completion of quick commissioning / Compl quick_comm Description: Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 323
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3926[0...n] Description: Voltage generation alternating base voltage amplitude / U_gen altern base Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Displays the base voltage for the alternating voltage in the context of motor data identification. 0: No alternating voltages. The function is de-activated.
PAGE 324
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 01 02 03 04 05 11 12 13 Signal name Saturation characteristic identification Moment of inertia identification Re-calculates the speed controller parameters Speed controller optimization (vibration test) q leakage inductance ident.
PAGE 325
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [3]: File version (fixed data) [4]: File version (calib data) p3950 Service parameter / Serv par Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C, U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: For service personnel only. r3974 Drive unit status word / Drv_unit ZSW Access level: 1 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 326
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Danger: When changing the master control in operation, the drive can manifest undesirable behavior - e.g. it can accelerate up to another setpoint. r3986 Parameter count / Parameter No. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the number of parameters for this drive unit.
PAGE 327
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 725: 740: 745: 750: 800: Index: r3996[0...1] Description: Wait for cyclic Check the ability to operate Start cyclic calculations Interrupt enable Initialization finished [0] = System [1] = Partial boot Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 328
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4047 PM330 digital outputs status / PM330 DO status PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status of the digital outputs of Power Module 330 (PM330). Bit field: Bit 00 01 Signal name DO 0 (X9.8: enable signal UDC link charged) DO 1 (X9.11/X9.
PAGE 329
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r5600 Pe energy saving mode ID / Pe mode ID CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 255 - Description: Displays the PROFIenergy mode ID of the effective energy saving mode. Value: 0: 2: 255: Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles POWER OFF Energy-saving mode 2 Ready p5602[0...
PAGE 330
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles PROFIdrive state S4: operation p5612[0...1] Pe energy-saving properties mode-dependent / Pe properties mod CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - [0] 0110 bin [1] 0000 bin Description: Sets the mode-dependent properties for energy-saving.
PAGE 331
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7759[0...19] Description: KHP Control Unit reference serial number / KHP CU ref ser_no Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Sets the reference serial number for the Control Unit.
PAGE 332
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7761 Write protection / Write protection Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Description: Setting for activating/de-activating the write protection for adjustable parameters. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: r7760 Note: Parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attributes are excluded from the write protection.
PAGE 333
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7765 Description: KHP configuration / KHP config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 bin Configuration settings for know-how protection.
PAGE 334
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: KHP: Know-How Protection When reading, p7766[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed. Parameters with the "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute are not involved in the know-how protection. Parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute can be read even when know-how protection is activated. A product-specific list of these parameters is also available in the corresponding List Manual. p7767[0...
PAGE 335
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 336
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7901[0...81] Description: Sampling times / t_sample Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [µs] - [µs] - [µs] Displays the sampling times currently present on the drive unit. r7901[0...63]: sampling times of hardware time slices. r7901[64...82]: sampling times of software time slices.
PAGE 337
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Day (1 ... 31) [1] = Month (1 ... 12) [2] = Year (YYYY) Note: The time from p8400 and p8401 is used to display the fault and alarm times. The parameter is not reset when the factory setting is restored (p0010 = 30, p0970). RTC: Real-time clock r8404 RTC weekday / RTC weekday Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 338
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8410[0...6] Description: RTC DTC1 weekday of activation / RTC DTC1 day act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Sets the weekday on which timer 1 is activated (DTC1). The switch-on/off time is set in p8411/p8412 and the result displayed via binector output r8413.
PAGE 339
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8413.0...1 Description: BO: RTC DTC1 output / RTC DTC1 output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and binector output for the output of time switch 1 (DTC1). Where a weekday is de-activated, the following applies (p8410): - The binector output for this timer is inactive (r8413.0 = 0).
PAGE 340
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock p8422[0...1] Description: RTC DTC2 off time / RTC DTC2 t_OFF Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 59 0 Sets the switch off time in hours and minutes for time switch 2 (DTC2).
PAGE 341
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8409, p8431, p8432, r8433 Notice: This parameter can only be changed when p8409 = 0. Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock p8431[0...1] Description: RTC DTC3 switch-on time / RTC DTC3 t_ON Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 342
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock r8570[0...39] Macro drive object / Macro DO Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the macro file saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card/device memory.
PAGE 343
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8600 CAN device type / Device type CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays all of the devices connected to the CAN bus after run-up. r8600 = 00000000 hex: No drive recognized. = 02010192 hex: 1 Vector drive Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1000 hex.
PAGE 344
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters It corresponds to the CANopen objects: - 1014 hex: COB-ID Note: If, when downloading, the pre-set value 0 is downloaded, then the CANopen pre-set value 80 hex + Node-ID is automatically set. Online, the value 0 is rejected as, according to the CANopen Standard, COB-ID 0 is not permitted here. The changeover of the node ID using the hardware switch at the Control Unit or per software has no effect on the COB-ID EMCY. The saved value remains effective. p8604[0...
PAGE 345
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bits 20 ... 23: Production ID - 0 hex: Development - 1 hex: P1 unique number - 2 hex: P2 unique number - 3 hex: WA unique number - 9 hex: Pattern - F hex: All others Bits 24 ... 27: Month of manufacture (0 means January, B means December) Bits 28 ... 31: Year of manufacture (0 means 2002) p8608[0...1] CAN Clear Bus Off Error / Clear bus off err CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 346
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8611[0...82] CAN Pre-defined Error Field / Pre_def err field CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF 1000 hex 0000 hex Displays the Pre-defined Error Field of the CAN node.
PAGE 347
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p0014 = 0, the following applies: Before a changed setting becomes permanently effective, a non-volatile RAM to ROM data save is required. To do this, set p0971 = 1 or p0014 = 1. Note: Every node ID change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The active node ID is displayed in r8621. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
PAGE 348
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8623[0...7] CAN Bit Timing selection / Bit timing select CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 349
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index 2 (parameter area): 0: 1 ... 9999 1: 10000 ... 19999 2: 20000 ... 29999 3: 30000 ... 39999 Index: [0] = Drive object number [1] = Sub-index range [2] = Parameter range p8641 CAN Abort Connection Option Code / Abort con opt code CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 350
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8685 CAN NMT states / NMT states CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 129 127 Description: Sets and displays the CANopen NMT state. Value: 0: 4: 5: 127: 128: 129: Note: The value 0 (initialization) is only displayed and cannot be set.
PAGE 351
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1401 hex. Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object p8702[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 3 / Receive PDO 3 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 352
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8705[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 6 / Receive PDO 6 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 6 (RPDO 6).
PAGE 353
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Mapped object 1 [1] = Mapped object 2 [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1600 hex. Dummy mapping not supported. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid. p8711[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 2 / Mapping RPDO 2 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 354
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8714[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 5 / Mapping RPDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 5 (RPDO 5).
PAGE 355
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Mapped object 1 [1] = Mapped object 2 [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1607 hex. Dummy mapping not supported. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid. p8720[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 1 / Transmit PDO 1 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 356
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8722[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 3 / Transmit PDO 3 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 3 (TPDO 3).
PAGE 357
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8724[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 5 / Transmit PDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 5 (TPDO 5).
PAGE 358
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8726[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 7 / Transmit PDO 7 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 7 (TPDO 7).
PAGE 359
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8730[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 1 / Mapping TPDO 1 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 1 (TPDO 1).
PAGE 360
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A03 hex. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid. p8734[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 5 / Mapping TPDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 361
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Mapped object 1 [1] = Mapped object 2 [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A07 hex. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid. p8744 CAN PDO mapping configuration / PDO Mapping config CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 2 Calculated: - Can be changed: C, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 362
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8746[0...15] CI: CAN free PZD send objects 16 bit / Free PZD send 16 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source for free PZD send objects 16 bit for SDO transfer. An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
PAGE 363
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Index 0 corresponds to the CANopen object 5820 hex Index 1 corresponds to the CANopen object 5821 hex Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5822 hex Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5823 hex Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5824 hex Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5825 hex Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5826 hex Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5827 hex p8748[0...
PAGE 364
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8751[0...15] CAN mapped 16-bit transmit objects / TPDO 16 mapped CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays mapped 16-bit transmit CANopen objects in the process data buffer.
PAGE 365
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 [11...14] = Reserved r8762 CO: CAN operating mode display / Op mode display CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Data type: Integer16 Displays the currently effective CANopen operating mode.
PAGE 366
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8786 BI: CAN status word bit 14 / Status word bit 14 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9226 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for bit 14 of the CANopen status word.
PAGE 367
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8792[0] CO: CAN velocity mode I16 setpoint / Vel mod I16 set CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and connector output to interconnect standardized I16 setpoint CANopen objects of the velocity mode for SDO transfer.
PAGE 368
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8797[0] CO: CAN profile torque mode I16 setpoints / Pr Tq mod I16 set CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and connector output to interconnect standardized I16 setpoint CANopen objects of the profile torque mode for SDO transfer.
PAGE 369
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8807, p8808 Notice: Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used (32 dec to 126 dec). Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. Re p8806[0...31]: System identifier. Re p8806[32...53]: Location identifier. p8807[0...
PAGE 370
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter is preassigned as standard (see note). After writing information to p8809, p8805 is automatically set to = 1. Refer to: p8805 Note: For p8805 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies: Parameter p8809 contains the information described below. Re p8809[0...3]: Contains the value from r9781[0] "SI change tracking checksum functional". Re p8809[4...7]: Contains the value from r9782[0] "SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional".
PAGE 371
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8859[3] = 0 r8859[4] = 1300 --> first part, firmware version V13.00 (second part, see index 7) r8859[5] = 2011 --> year 2011 r8859[6] = 2306 --> 23rd June r8859[7] = 1700 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V13.00.17.00) r8909 PN device ID / PN device ID CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 372
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8922[0...3] PN Default Gateway of Station / PN Def Gateway CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 255 0 Sets the default gateway for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. The active default gateway is displayed in r8932.
PAGE 373
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: No function Reserved Save and activate configuration Delete configuration Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8924 > 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible! However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool. Note: Re p8925 = 2: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is saved and activated after the next POWER ON.
PAGE 374
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: If value = 0: DHCP deactivated. If value = 2: DHCP activated. The MAC address of this interface is used for client identification. If value = 3: DHCP activated. The station name of this interface is used for client identification. r8935[0...5] PN MAC Address of Station / PN MAC of Station CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 375
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8981 Ethernet/IP ODVA STOP mode / Eth/IP ODVA STOP CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Description: Sets the STOP mode for the Ethernet/IP ODVA profile (p8980 = 1). Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p8980 Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
PAGE 376
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8991 USB memory access / USB mem acc Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 2 1 Description: Selects the storage medium for access via the USB mass storage. Value: 1: 2: Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. Memory card Flash r/w internal The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
PAGE 377
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9401 Safely remove memory card status / Mem_card rem stat Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status of the memory card.
PAGE 378
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If, from an indexed parameter, at least one index was not able to be transferred, then the parameter number is displayed in r9406[n] and the first index that was not transferred is displayed in r9407[n]. r9406[0] = 0 --> All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error-free. r9406[n] > 0 --> Displays r9407[n] the first index of the parameter number r9406[n] that was not transferred.
PAGE 379
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9463 Actual macro / Actual macro Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 999999 - Description: Displays the set valid macro. Note: A value of 0 is displayed if a parameter set by a macro is changed.
PAGE 380
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The directory and name of the file is displayed in the ASCII code. r9926 Firmware check status / FW check status Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays the status when the firmware is checked when the system is booted. 0: Firmware not yet checked. 1: Check running.
PAGE 381
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9935.0 Description: BO: POWER ON delay signal / POWER ON t_delay Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and binector output for a delay after POWER ON. After power-on, binector output r9935.0 is set with the start of the first sampling time and is again reset after approx. 100 ms. Bit field: r9975[0...
PAGE 382
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11026 Free tec_ctrl 0 unit selection / Ftec0 unit sel Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 46 1 Description: Sets the unit for the parameters of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 383
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11027 Description: Free tec_ctrl 0 unit reference quantity / Ftec0 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.01 340.28235E36 1.00 Sets the reference quantity for the unit of the parameters of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 384
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p11058 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %. p11058 Free tec_ctrl 0 setpoint ramp-down time / Ftec0 setp t_r-dn Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 385
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11068 Free tec_ctrl 0 actual value lower limit / Ftec0 act v lo lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_2 Unit selection: p11026 Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 386
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11085 Free tec_ctrl 0 integral time / Ftec0 Tn Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 10000.000 [s] 30.000 [s] Description: Sets the integral time (I component, integrating time constant) of the free technology controller 0. Note: Value = 0: The integral time is disabled.
PAGE 387
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11097 CI: Free tec_ctrl 0 limit maximum signal source / Ftec0 lim max s_s Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 11091[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the maximum limit of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 388
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 26: 27: 28: 29: 30: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: kg/s kg/min kg/h t/min t/h N kN Nm psi °F gallon/s inch³/s gallon/min inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf lbf ft K rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Only units of parameters with unit group 9_3 can be changed over using this parameter.
PAGE 389
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r11149.0...11 CO/BO: Free tec_ctrl 1 status word / Ftec1 stat_word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status word of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 390
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11164 CI: Free tec_ctrl 1 actual value signal source / Ftec1 act v s_s Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 391
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r11173 CO: Free tec_ctrl 1 system deviation / Ftec1 sys dev Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_3 Unit selection: p11126 Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the system deviation of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 392
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11192 CO: Free tec_ctrl 1 limit minimum / Ftec1 lim min Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%] Description: Sets the minimum limit of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 393
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11199 CI: Free tec_ctrl 1 limit offset signal source / Ftec1 lim offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the limit offset of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 394
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: Dependency: rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg Only units of parameters with unit group 9_4 can be changed over using this parameter. Refer to: p11227 p11227 Description: Free tec_ctrl 2 unit reference quantity / Ftec2 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 395
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11253 CI: Free tec_ctrl 2 setpoint signal source / Ftec2 setp s_src Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 396
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11267 Free tec_ctrl 2 actual value upper limit / Ftec2 act v up lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: 9_4 Unit selection: p11226 Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the upper limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 397
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11280 Free tec_ctrl 2 proportional gain / Ftec2 Kp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 1000.000 1.000 Description: Sets the proportional gain (P component) of the free technology controller 2. Note: Value = 0: The proportional gain is de-activated.
PAGE 398
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r11294 CO: Free tec_ctrl 2 output signal / Ftec2 out_sig Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the output signal of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 399
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20030[0...3] BI: AND 0 inputs / AND 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block.
PAGE 400
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 r20035 BO: AND 1 output Q / AND 1 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 1 of the AND function block.
PAGE 401
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20040 AND 2 run-time group / AND 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 2 of the AND function block is to be called.
PAGE 402
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 3: 4: 5: 6: 9999: p20045 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Do not calculate AND 3 run sequence / AND 3 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 40 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 3 within the run-time group set in p20044.
PAGE 403
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20049 OR 0 run sequence / OR 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 60 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance OR 0 within the run-time group set in p20048.
PAGE 404
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20054[0...3] BI: OR 2 inputs / OR 2 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block.
PAGE 405
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 r20059 BO: OR 3 output Q / OR 3 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 3 of the OR function block.
PAGE 406
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20064 XOR 0 run-time group / XOR 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance XOR 0 of the XOR function block is to be called.
PAGE 407
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 3: 4: 5: 6: 9999: p20069 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Do not calculate XOR 1 run sequence / XOR 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 120 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 1 within the run-time group set in p20068.
PAGE 408
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20073 XOR 2 run sequence / XOR 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 130 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 2 within the run-time group set in p20072.
PAGE 409
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20078 BI: NOT 0 input I / NOT 0 input I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity I of instance NOT 0 of the inverter. r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 410
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20083 BO: NOT 1 inverted output / NOT 1 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 1 of the inverter. p20084 NOT 1 run-time group / NOT 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 411
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20088 NOT 2 run-time group / NOT 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 2 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 412
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20093 NOT 3 run sequence / NOT 3 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 190 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 3 within the run-time group set in p20092.
PAGE 413
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20098[0...3] CI: ADD 1 inputs / ADD 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 1 of the adder.
PAGE 414
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20103 CO: SUB 0 difference Y / SUB 0 difference Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the difference Y = X1 - X2 of instance SUB 0 of the subtractor.
PAGE 415
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20108 SUB 1 run-time group / SUB 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 1 of the subtractor is to be called.
PAGE 416
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20113 MUL 0 run sequence / MUL 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 270 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance MUL 0 within the run-time group set in p20112.
PAGE 417
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20118[0...1] CI: DIV 0 inputs / DIV 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of dividend X1 and divisor X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider. Index: [0] = Dividend X0 [1] = Divisor X1 r20119[0...
PAGE 418
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20123[0...1] CI: DIV 1 inputs / DIV 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of dividend X1 and divisor X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider. Index: [0] = Dividend X0 [1] = Divisor X1 r20124[0...
PAGE 419
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20128 Description: r20129 CI: AVA 0 input X / AVA 0 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.
PAGE 420
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20133 Description: r20134 CI: AVA 1 input X / AVA 1 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source of the input quantity X of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.
PAGE 421
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20138 BI: MFP 0 input pulse I / MFP 0 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the input pulse I of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 422
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20144 MFP 1 pulse duration in ms / MFP 1 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 423
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20150 BO: PCL 0 output Q / PCL 0 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener. p20151 PCL 0 run-time group / PCL 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 424
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20156 PCL 1 run-time group / PCL 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
PAGE 425
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20162 PDE 0 run sequence / PDE 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 430 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 0 within the run-time group set in p20161.
PAGE 426
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20167 PDE 1 run sequence / PDE 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 440 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 1 within the run-time group set in p20166.
PAGE 427
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: U32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 428
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input pulse I and the reset input R of instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element.
PAGE 429
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20183[0...1] BI: PST 1 inputs / PST 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input pulse I and the reset input R of instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element.
PAGE 430
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20188[0...1] BI: RSR 0 inputs / RSR 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop.
PAGE 431
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20193[0...1] BI: RSR 1 inputs / RSR 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for set input S and reset input R of instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop.
PAGE 432
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20198[0...3] BI: DFR 0 inputs / DFR 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 433
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20203[0...3] BI: DFR 1 inputs / DFR 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for trigger input I, D input D, set input S, and reset input R of instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 434
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20208[0...1] BI: BSW 0 inputs / BSW 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0 and I1 of instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch.
PAGE 435
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20213[0...1] BI: BSW 1 inputs / BSW 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0 and I1 of instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch.
PAGE 436
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20218[0...1] CI: NSW 0 inputs / NSW 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch.
PAGE 437
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20223[0...1] CI: NSW 1 inputs / NSW 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch.
PAGE 438
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20228 CI: LIM 0 input X / LIM 0 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.
PAGE 439
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20234 LIM 0 run-time group / LIM 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LIM 0 of the limiter is to be called.
PAGE 440
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20240 BO: LIM 1 input quantity at the upper limit QU / LIM 1 QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter of instance LIM 1 of limiter QU (upper limit reached), i.e. QU = 1 for X >= LU.
PAGE 441
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20245 BI: PT1 0 accept setting value S / PT1 0 acc set val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant PT1 0 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 442
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Input X [1] = Setting value SV p20251 BI: PT1 1 accept setting value S / PT1 1 acc set val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the "accept setting value" signal of instant PT1 1 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 443
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20256[0...1] CI: INT 0 inputs / INT 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X and of setting value SV of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
PAGE 444
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20262 BO: INT 0 integrator at the upper limit QU / INT 0 QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the signal QU that output quantity Y of instance INT 0 of the integrator has reached the upper limit value LU.
PAGE 445
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20267 LVM 0 interval average value M / LVM 0 avg value M Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min Max Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the interval average M of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 446
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20273 LVM 0 run-time group / LVM 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter is to be called.
PAGE 447
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20279 BO: LVM 1 input quantity above interval QU / LVM 1 X above QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X > M + L and X is >= M + L - HY.
PAGE 448
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20284 CI: DIF 0 input X / DIF 0 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element.
PAGE 449
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20301 BO: NOT 4 inverted output / NOT 4 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 4 of the inverter. p20302 NOT 4 run-time group / NOT 4 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 450
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20306 NOT 5 run-time group / NOT 5 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 5 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 451
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20311 ADD 2 run sequence / ADD 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 800 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance ADD 2 within the run-time group set in p20310.
PAGE 452
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20316 NCM 0 run-time group / NCM 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator is to be called.
PAGE 453
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20321 Description: BO: NCM 1 output QL / NCM 1 output QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min Max Factory setting - - - Display parameter for binary quantity QL of instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator. QL is only set if X0 < X1.
PAGE 454
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20326 BO: RSR 2 inverted output QN / RSR 2 inv outp QN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for inverted output QN of instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop. p20327 RSR 2 run-time group / RSR 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 455
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20331 BO: DFR 2 inverted output QN / DFR 2 inv outp QN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output QN of instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop.
PAGE 456
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20336 BO: PDE 2 output Q / PDE 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device. p20337 PDE 2 run-time group / PDE 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 457
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20342 PDE 3 run-time group / PDE 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 458
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20348 PDF 2 run sequence / PDF 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 920 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 2 within the run-time group set in p20347.
PAGE 459
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20353 PDF 3 run sequence / PDF 3 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 930 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance PDE 3 within the run-time group set in p20352.
PAGE 460
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The function blocks with a lower run sequence value are calculated before function blocks with a higher run sequence value. p20359 BI: MFP 3 input pulse I / MFP 3 inp_pulse I Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: U32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 461
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20372 CI: PLI 0 input X / PLI 0 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 0.
PAGE 462
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [5] = Breakpoint 5 [6] = Breakpoint 6 [7] = Breakpoint 7 [8] = Breakpoint 8 [9] = Breakpoint 9 [10] = Breakpoint 10 [11] = Breakpoint 11 [12] = Breakpoint 12 [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17 [18] = Breakpoint 18 [19] = Breakpoint 19 p20376 PLI 0 run-time group / PLI 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Integer16 Dyn.
PAGE 463
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20380[0...19] PLI 1 X-coordinate, A breakpoint / PLI 1 X-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Min Max Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Sets the x-coordinates for the breakpoints (A0...A19) of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
PAGE 464
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20382 PLI 1 run-time group / PLI 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 465
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p31021 Multi-zone control configuration / Zone_ctrl config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 2 0 Description: Sets the configuration for multi-zone control.
PAGE 466
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Re p31022 = 11: The highest value of actual values 1, 2, and 3 is used as r31027. p31023[0...3] CI: Multi-zone control setpoint input / Zone_ctrl setp inp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the multi-zone control setpoints.
PAGE 467
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r61001[0...3] PROFINET IP of Station / PN IP of Station CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Units group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays PROFINET IP of Station.
PAGE 468
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: CDS 468 p0641[0...n] CI: Current limit variable / Curr lim var p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0 p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1 p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) p0844[0...
PAGE 469
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.2 p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2 p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3 p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 p2116[0...
PAGE 470
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 470 p1012[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 12 / n_set_fixed 12 p1013[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 13 / n_set_fixed 13 p1014[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 14 / n_set_fixed 14 p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15 p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration p1037[0...n] Motorized potentiometer maximum speed / MotP n_max p1038[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min p1040[0...
PAGE 471
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1287[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) (U/f) / Vdc_min dyn_factor p1290[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Kp p1291[0...n] Vdc controller integral time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl Tn p1292[0...n] Vdc controller rate time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1295[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min t_thresh p1296[0...n] Vdc_min controller response (kinetic buffering) (U/f / Vdc_min response p1297[0...
PAGE 472
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1601[0...n] 472 Current injection ramp time / I_inject t_ramp p1610[0...n] Torque setpoint static (sensorless) / M_set static p1611[0...n] Additional acceleration torque (sensorless) / M_suppl_accel p1616[0...n] Current setpoint smoothing time / I_set T_smooth p1654[0...n] Curr. setpoint torque-gen. smoothing time field weakening range / Isq_s T_smth FW p1703[0...n] Isq current controller pre-control scaling / Isq_ctr_prectrScal p1715[0...
PAGE 473
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p2179[0...n] Output load identification current limit / Outp_ld iden I_lim p2180[0...n] Output load detection delay time / Out_load det t_del p2181[0...n] Load monitoring response / Load monit resp p2182[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 1 / n_thresh 1 p2183[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 2 / n_thresh 2 p2184[0...n] Load monitoring speed threshold value 3 / n_thresh 3 p2185[0...
PAGE 474
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p3327[0...n] 2.3.3 Fluid flow machine speed point 4 / Fluid_mach n4 p3328[0...n] Fluid flow machine power point 5 / Fluid_mach P5 p3329[0...n] Fluid flow machine speed point 5 / Fluid_mach n5 p3855[0...n] DC quantity controller configuration / DC_ctrl config p3856[0...n] Compound braking current / Compound I_brake p3857[0...n] DC quantity controller P gain / DC_ctrl Kp p3858[0...n] DC quantity controller integral time / DC_ctrl Tn r3925[0...
PAGE 475
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p0358[0...n] Motor rotor leakage inductance / Mot L_rot leak p0360[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh p0362[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 / Mot saturat.flux 1 p0363[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat.flux 2 p0364[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.flux 3 p0365[0...n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 4 / Mot saturat.flux 4 p0366[0...
PAGE 476
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.4 Power unit Data Sets (PDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: PDS p0124[0...n] 476 CU detection via LED / CU detection LED r0200[0...n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no. act p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no r0203[0...n] Actual power unit type / PU actual type r0204[0...
PAGE 477
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.1 Binector inputs (BI) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: BI p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 p0732 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 2 / CU S_src DO 2 p0782[0...
PAGE 478
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 478 p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2 p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3 p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 p2116[0...n] BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2 p2117[0...n] BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3 p2144[0...
PAGE 479
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.2 p20173 BI: PDF 1 input pulse I / PDF 1 inp_pulse I p20178[0...1] BI: PST 0 inputs / PST 0 inputs p20183[0...1] BI: PST 1 inputs / PST 1 inputs p20188[0...1] BI: RSR 0 inputs / RSR 0 inputs p20193[0...1] BI: RSR 1 inputs / RSR 1 inputs p20198[0...3] BI: DFR 0 inputs / DFR 0 inputs p20203[0...3] BI: DFR 1 inputs / DFR 1 inputs p20208[0...
PAGE 480
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 480 p2253[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 1 / Tec_ctrl setp 1 p2254[0...n] CI: Technology controller setpoint 2 / Tec_ctrl setp 2 p2264[0...n] CI: Technology controller actual value / Tec_ctrl act val p2289[0...n] CI: Technology controller pre-control signal / Tec_ctr prectr_sig p2296[0...n] CI: Technology controller output scaling / Tec_ctrl outp scal p2297[0...
PAGE 481
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.3 Binector outputs (BO) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: BO r0751.0...10 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word r0785.0...1 BO: CU analog outputs status word / CU AO ZSW r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active r1025.0 BO: Fixed speed setpoint status / n_setp_fix status r2043.0...2 BO: PROFIdrive PZD state / PD PZD state r2090.0...
PAGE 482
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.
PAGE 483
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r0072 CO: Output voltage / U_output r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Modulat_depth r0075 CO: Current setpoint field-generating / Id_set r0076 CO: Current actual value field-generating / Id_act r0077 CO: Current setpoint torque-generating / Iq_set r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act r0079 CO: Torque setpoint / M_set r0080[0...1] CO: Torque actual value / M_act r0082[0...
PAGE 484
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 484 r1482 CO: Speed controller I torque output / n_ctrl I-M_outp r1493 CO: Moment of inertia total, scaled / M_mom inert tot_sc r1508 CO: Torque setpoint before supplementary torque / M_set bef. M_suppl r1518[0...1] CO: Accelerating torque / M_accel p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper p1521[0...
PAGE 485
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r2344 CO: Technology controller last speed setpoint (smoothed) / Tec_ctrl n_setp_sm r2397[0...1] CO: Energy-saving mode output speed actual / En_sav n_outp act p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%] p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%] r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%] p2930[0...
PAGE 486
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r31027 2.4.5 CO: Multi-zone control actual-value output / Zon_ctrl act outp Connector/binector outputs (CO/BO) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: CO/BO 486 r0046.0...31 CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig r0050.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective r0051.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective r0052.0...15 CO/BO: Status word 1 / ZSW 1 r0053.0...
PAGE 487
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r8795.0...15 CO/BO: CAN control word / Control word r11049.0...11 CO/BO: Free tec_ctrl 0 status word / Ftec0 stat_word r11149.0...11 CO/BO: Free tec_ctrl 1 status word / Ftec1 stat_word r11249.0...
PAGE 488
2 Parameters 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 2.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK" The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute. These parameters are not affected by the write protection. Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK 2.5.2 p0003 Access level / Acc_level p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt p0124[0...
PAGE 489
2 Parameters 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection p8982 2.5.3 Ethernet/IP ODVA speed scaling / Eth/IP ODVA n scal p8983 Ethernet/IP ODVA torque scaling / Eth/IP ODVA M scal p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" The following list contains the parameters with the "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" attribute. These parameters can also be read with activated know-how protection.
PAGE 490
2 Parameters 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) The parameters required for the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) are shown in Table 2-10: . Table 2-10 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Par. no.
PAGE 491
2 Parameters 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Table 2-10 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), continued Par. no. Name Access level Changeable p1500 Torque setpoint selection 2 C(1)T p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement 2 C(1)T p3900 Completion of quick commissioning C(1) 1 If p0010 = 1 is selected, p0003 (user access level) can be used to select the parameters that are to be accessed.
PAGE 492
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 493
Function diagrams 3 Content 3.1 Table of contents 494 3.2 Explanation of the function diagrams 499 3.3 Input/output terminals 504 3.4 PROFIenergy 516 3.5 PROFIdrive communication (PROFIBUS/PROFINET) 519 3.6 CANopen communication 534 3.7 Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, MODBUS, BACnet) 541 3.8 Internal control/status words 548 3.9 Setpoint channel 566 3.10 Vector control 576 3.11 Technology functions 600 3.12 Free function blocks 608 3.
PAGE 494
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 3.1 3.2 Table of contents Explanation of the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 495
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 2470 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532 2472 – Status words, free interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533 3.6 CANopen communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534 9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) . . .
PAGE 496
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 3.9 Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566 3001 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567 3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 497
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 7030 – Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602 7032 – Multi-zone control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603 7033 – Essential service mode (ESM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 7035 – Bypass . . . . . .
PAGE 498
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 8011 – Speed signals 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 8012 – Torque signals, motor blocked/stalled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 8013 – Load monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 499
3 Function diagrams 3.2 Explanation of the function diagrams 3.
PAGE 500
Connectors Meaning 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with rxxxx[y..z] unit [Unit] and index range [y..z] or data set [C/D] Parameter name from ... to [Unit] pxxxx[C/D] (Def) Setting parameter with min/max value and unit [Unit] data set [C/D] and factory setting (Def) *) Binectors Meaning Symbol Data sets Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning pxxxx[C] Parameter belongs to the Command Data Set (CDS).
PAGE 501
Fig. 3-2 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Pre-assigned connectors and binectors Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions Fixed percentage values Fixed value 1 [%] -10000.00 ... 10000.00 [%] p2900 [D] (0.00) -10 000.00...10 000.00 [%] p2900[D] (0.00) or -10 000.00...10 000.00 [%] p2901[D] (0.
PAGE 502
T 0 pxxxx y Simple changeover switch 0 y 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) The switch position is shown according to the factory setting (in this case, switch position 1 in the default state on delivery). 0 pxxxx 1 The digital signal x must have the value "1" without any interruption during the time T before output y changes to "1".
PAGE 503
Fig. 3-4 1030 – Handling BICO technology SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Handling BICO technology Binector: r0723.15 Binectors are binary signals that can be freely interconnected (BO = Binector Output). They represent a bit of a "BO:" display parameter (e.g. bit 15 from r0723). Connector: r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques).
PAGE 504
3 Function diagrams 3.3 Input/output terminals 3.3 Input/output terminals Function diagrams 2201 – Connection overview 505 2221 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) 506 2242 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2) 507 2251 – Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI 0 ... AI 1) 508 2252 – Analog input 2 (AI 2) 509 2256 – Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) 510 2261 – Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO 0 ...
PAGE 505
Fig. 3-5 Kl. 9 2201 – Connection overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Simulation for DI 0 ... DI 5 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 GND Kl. 69 DI COM CU DI simulation CU DI t_debounce p0795.0...12 p0724 r0721.0...12 0 p0796.0...12 T CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.0...12 1 CU DI status r0722 r0722.0...12 0 & 1 1 = Simulation on [2221] Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 6 DI 1 Kl. 7 DI 2 Kl. 8 DI 3 Kl. 16 DI 4 Kl.
PAGE 506
or PNP Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 GND Kl. 28 GND 2221 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 p0796.0 T p0795.1 Kl. 6 DI 1 Kl. 6 DI 1 DI 1 Kl. 6 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 p0796.1 T p0795.2 DI 2 Kl. 7 DI 2 DI 2 Kl. 7 p0796.2 T p0795.3 DI 3 Kl. 8 DI 3 Kl. 8 p0796.3 T p0795.
PAGE 507
Fig. 3-7 2242 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA CU DO inv p0748.0 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 0 p0730 (52.3) 1 DO 0 1 NC NO COM Kl. 18 Kl. 19 Kl. 20 CU DO inv p0748.1 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 1 0 p0731 (52.7) 1 1 DO 1 NO COM Kl. 21 Kl. 22 CU DO inv p0748.2 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 2 0 p0732 (52.2) 1 DO 2 1 NC NO COM Kl. 23 Kl. 24 Kl. 25 3 4 5 6 fp_2242_97_01.vsd 07.04.2014 V4.
PAGE 508
20 mA 20 mA 1 3 T CU AI status word r0751 F03505 "Wire breakage" 0 3 0 <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 Current AI 0/1 U U U Voltage I I Kl. 3 (Kl. 10) AI 0/1 U I <1> I Hardware smoothing 100 µs + A D – Kl. 4 (Kl. 11) <5> Type switching Analog input <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 p0757[0..3] (0.000) p0759[0..3] (10.000) CU AI T_smooth CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] p0797[0..3] (0) p0753[0..3] (0.0) y [%] CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ...
PAGE 509
Fig. 3-9 2252 – Analog input 2 (AI 2) CU WireBrkThresh 0.00 ... 20.00 (0.00) p0761 [2] (2.00) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797 [2] (0) (0) LG-Ni1000 PT1000 °C 20 mA 20 mA 1 CU wire brk t_del 0 ... 1000 [ms] [2](100) (100) p0762 3 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" [7033.4] 3 0 Current LG-Ni1000/PT1000 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA <2> <3> CU AI type 0 ...
PAGE 510
2256 – Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) Kl. 1 +10 V OUT Kl. 2 GND 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl. 3 Kl. 4 r0721.11 AI 0+ (DI 11) AI 0- 1 0 0 p0796.11 Kl. 11 r0721.12 AI 1+ (DI 12) 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Kl. = Terminal p0796.12 0 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.11 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.12 & CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 AI 10 T 1 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.12 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl.
PAGE 511
CU AO char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] p0778[0..1] (0.000) [0] (0.000) Smoothing x2 AO 0+ A 4 mA y1 Scaling <1> x1 D y 2 Kl. 12 Voltage output 0 x2 x [%] Voltage output y2 x x1 1 0, 1 0 … 10 V 0 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774[0] y 0 … 10 V <1> CU AO char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] p0780[0..1] (20.000) [0] (20.000) 0 … 20 mA CU AO S_src p0771 [0] (21[0]) y CU AO T_smooth 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] (0) p0773[0] (0.0) CU AO type 0 ... 2 p0776 [0] (0) (0) GND % Kl.
PAGE 512
2270 – Temperature evaluation LG-Ni1000/PT1000 (AI 3) Kl. 52 CU AI type 0 ... 8 p0756 [3] (4) (8) AI 3+/LG-NI1000 Hardware smoothing 100 µs <1> + LG-Ni1000 PT1000 Kl. 53 A D Type switching Analog input GND <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 (0.00) (0.00) p0757 [3] (0.000) p0759 [3] (10.000) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797 [3] (0) (0) CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] (0.00) p0760 [3] (100.00) 0 y2 x y CU AI char y1 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] (0.
PAGE 513
Fig. 3-13 2272 – Two-wire control SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Two-wire control (p0015 = 17 or p3334 = 1) clockwise/counterclockwise 1 Two-wire control (p0015 = 18 or p3334 = 2) clockwise/counterclockwise 2 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) CU DI status r0722 r0722.x 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) 2/3 wire cmd 1 p3330[C] (0) 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1) r3333 p0840[C] r3333.0 (722.0) 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.1 CU DI status r0722 r0722.
PAGE 514
0 ... 4 p3334 (0) 2273 – Three-wire control CU DI Status r0722 r0722.x 2/3 wire cmd 1 p3330[C] (0) CU DI status r0722 r0722.x 2/3 wire cmd 2 p3331[C] (0) CU DI Status r0722 r0722.x 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1) r3333 p0840[C] r3333.0 (722.0) 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.1 2/3 wire cmd 3 p3332[C] (0) 1 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.2 1 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.3 Setp inv p1113[C] (722.1) <1> CU DI Status r0722 r0722.x 2/3 wire cmd 1 p3330[C] (0) CU DI status r0722 r0722.
PAGE 515
Fig. 3-15 2275 – PM330 - digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 4), digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 24 V X9.1 M X9.2 GND Kl. 9 +24 V OUT ext. 24 V Kl. 28 GND Kl. 28 GND Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM X9.3 X9.3 DI 0 1 = Simulation on PM330 DI sim_mode p4095.0 DI 0 0 p4096.0 X9.4 DI 1 DI 1 0 p4096.1 X9.5 DI 2 DI 2 0 p4096.2 X9.6 DI 3 DI 3 0 X9.7 X9.7 p4096.
PAGE 516
3 Function diagrams 3.4 PROFIenergy 3.
PAGE 517
Fig. 3-16 "Start_Pause" PROFINET 2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA PROFIenergy control commands Pause_Time "Start_Pause_with_time_response" 1 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.
PAGE 518
PROFIenergy Power OFF S1: Switching on inhibited A08800 PROFIenergy Energysaving mode active PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 OFF and no "Coast Stop" and no "Quick Stop" 1 = PE active "Coast Stop" or "Quick Stop" r5613.0 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.0 & 1 = PE inactive 1 1 = Trans into energy-saving mode from PROFIdrive state S4 possible p5611.2 OFF r5613.1 1 S2: Ready for switching on & Pe mode ID r5600 ON & 1 = Drive initiates OFF1 p5611.
PAGE 519
3 Function diagrams 3.5 PROFIdrive communication (PROFIBUS/PROFINET) 3.
PAGE 520
Description Interconnection ... ... ... ... ... ... Receive telegram Header Permanently assigned telegrams [2440] ... [2446] Netto data Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Signal Description ... ... ... ... ... ... Trailer Interconnection LED Monitoring Axxxxx Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ... [2456] Interconnecting the free receive telegram [2410] PROFIBUS address, diagnostics PROFIdrive PZD1 PZD2 PZD telegr_sel p0922 ..
PAGE 521
Fig. 3-19 Drive-specific functions PB suppl t_monit 0 ... 20000 [ms] p2047 (0) Setting the PROFIBUS address PD PZD state r2043.0 T Monitoring functions Alarms Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 A01920 "PROFIBUS: Cyclic connection interrupted" t > t_response <1> PD fault delay No cyclic telegrams from the 0 ... 100 [s] master p2044 (0) t PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Faults p0918 T S Q DIP switch on the control unit BUS ADDRESS ON 1..
PAGE 522
Manufacturer-specific telegrams Interconnection is made according to Free telegram [2440], [2450] automatically 350 352 353 354 999 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 PZD2 NSOLL_A NIST_A NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL PZD3 IAIST_GL M_LIM IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL PZD4 MIST_GL STW3 ZSW3 <3> MIST_GL <3> MIST_GL PZD5 PIST_GL <3> WARN_CODE <3> WARN_CODE PZD6 <2> <3> FA
PAGE 523
Fig. 3-21 2440 – PZD receive signals interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA PROFIBUS PROFINET <3> PROFIdrive receive telegram Header Signal Telegram assignment according to p0922 <4> [2420] <4> <1> <2> PROFIdrive Interconnection Signal No. parameter Meaning Function diagram Data type (bit serial) [2442] U16 - Scaling STW1 Control word 1 NSOLL_A Speed setpoint A (16-bit) 5 p1070 [3030.
PAGE 524
2441 – STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2) Interconnection parameters STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 525
Fig. 3-23 Meaning Interconnection parameters STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 526
<1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted 2446 – STW3 control word interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] - STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.2 1 = Fixed setp bit 2 p1022[0] = r2093.2 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.
PAGE 527
Fig. 3-25 2450 – PZD send signals interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Signal sources for PZD send signals Signal <1> PROFIdrive Interconnection Signal No. parameter Description Function diagram Data type PZD send word 1...8 p2051[0...7] WORD r2053[0...7] WORD Scaling ...
PAGE 528
Signal Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <1> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.
PAGE 529
Fig. 3-27 Signal Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <1> 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.
PAGE 530
<1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] internal status word [Function diagram] signal source Inverted 2456 – ZSW3 status word interconnection ZSW3.0 1 = DC braking active [2511.7] [7017.5] - ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.3 1 = I_act >= p2170 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.4 1 = |n_act| > p2155 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.5 1 = |n_act| <= p2155 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.
PAGE 531
Fig. 3-29 PROFINET PROFIBUS PZD receive word 1 <5> <6> r2060 [0] r2050 [0] r2050 [1] r2060 [1] PROFIdrive receive telegram PZD receive word 3 Header PZD receive word 4 Data Trailer PZD recv word r2091.0 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 PZD recv DW r2050 [2] r2060 [2] r2090.15 PZD recv DW PZD receive word 2 r2092.15 PZD recv word r2093.
PAGE 532
<3> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 2470 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) PZD send DW p2061[0] PZD 1+2 PZD send DW p2061[1] PZD 2+3 PZD send DW p2061[2] PZD 3+4 PZD send DW p2061[3] PZD 4+5 (0) (0) PZD send word p2051[1] (0) PZD send word p2051[2] (0) PZD send word p2051[3] (0) PZD send word p2051[4] <1> ...
PAGE 533
Fig. 3-31 2472 – Status words, free interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].0 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] [0] (0) (0.0) [1] Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089[2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.
PAGE 534
3 Function diagrams 3.6 CANopen communication 3.
PAGE 535
Fig. 3-32 9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Receive PDO 1 0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8710[0..3] (0000 hex) <2> RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Object 1 PZD receive word 1 r2050 [0] PZD recv word Object 2 Sub-D socket CAN bus PZD1 recv bitw r2090.0 Bit 0 ... r2090.
PAGE 536
Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8710[0..3] (0000 hex) 9206 – Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) <2> RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. 60400010 <1> Receive buffer PZD receive word 1 r2050 [0] PZD1 recv bitw r2090.0 Bit 0 ... r2090.
PAGE 537
Fig. 3-34 9208 – Send telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Transmit PDO 1 0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) CANopen send words 1 ... 7 PZD send word p2051 [0] (0) Diag send word r2053[0..13] ... Automatic assignment of the send buffer to the TPDOs Send buffer Mapping TPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8730[0..
PAGE 538
PZD send word p2051 [1] (0) PZD send word p2051 [2] (0) Diag send word r2053[0..13] ... Send buffer Mapping TPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8730[0..
PAGE 539
Fig. 3-36 9220 – Control word, CANopen SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Signal targets for control word CANopen (r8795) Signal Interconnection [Function diagram] [Function diagram] parameters <1> internal control word signal target Meaning STW.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with RFG, then pulse suppression and ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control STW.
PAGE 540
Status word r8784 Status word CANopen 9226 – Status word, CANopen From sequence control 0 1 = Ready for switching on From sequence control 1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) From sequence control 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) From fault buffer [8060] 3 1 = Fault present From sequence control 4 1 = No coast down active From sequence control 5 1 = No Quick stop active From sequence control 6 1 = Switching on inhibited active From alarm buffer [
PAGE 541
3 Function diagrams 3.7 Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, MODBUS, BACnet) 3.
PAGE 542
9310 – Configuration, addresses and diagnostics Fieldbus t_monit 0 ... 1999999 [ms] p2040 (100) Field bus address ...255 30 00... p2021 (0) Cyclic telegrams from the master p2021 Field bus baud p2020 >0 T No telegrams from the master t Actual address Memory F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint timeout" 0 USS configuration SET Field bus USS PZD p2022 POWER ON Field bus USS PKW p2023 Field bus address 1 ...
PAGE 543
Fig. 3-39 Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Signal Meaning STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 544
Signal Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] [Function diagram] internal control word signal target Inverted <1> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.
PAGE 545
Fig.
PAGE 546
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 9370 – Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) PZD send word p2051[0] ...
PAGE 547
Fig. 3-43 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 1 0 1 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [1] (0.0) 0 [15] 1 (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [4].
PAGE 548
3 Function diagrams 3.8 Internal control/status words 3.
PAGE 549
Fig. 3-44 2501 – Control word, sequence control SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA PROFIdrive-Bit <2> <3> OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 [C] (1) OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (1) <2> <3> OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) Bit No. ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C] (722.0) <3> 0 = ON 0 = OFF1 active r0898.0 To the control unit 1 1 = Operating condition, no coast down active (OFF2 inactive) 0 = OFF2 active r0898.
PAGE 550
Bit No. From the Control Unit 0 1 = Ready for switch on r0899.0 From the Control Unit 1 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1 From the Control Unit 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) r0899.2 From the Control Unit 3 1 = Jog active r0899.3 From the Control Unit 4 1 = No coast down active (OFF2 inactive) r0899.4 From the Control Unit 5 1 = No Quick stop active (OFF3 inactive) r0899.5 From the Control Unit 6 1 = Switching on inhibited active r0899.
PAGE 551
Fig. 3-46 2505 – Control word, setpoint channel SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Bit No. STW setpoint chan r1198 r1198 Control word setpoint channel (r1198) n_set_fixed Bit 0 p1020 [C] 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] To control word 2 [2513.2] (0) 1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] To control word 2 [2513.2] (0) 2 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 r1198.
PAGE 552
r0899 r0899.0 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.1 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.2 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.3 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.4 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.5 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.6 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.7 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.7 ZSW monitor 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.7 ZSW seq_ctrl [2534.7] r2197 r2197.6 ZSW monitor 1 [2526.7] r0056 r0056.
PAGE 553
Fig. 3-48 Bit No. 2511 – Status word 2 (r0053) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA ZSW 2 [7017.5] r1239 r1239.8 DCBRK ZSW [2534.7] r2197 r2197.5 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.0 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.8 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.2 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.1 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.4 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.9 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.10 ZSW monitor 1 [3080.
PAGE 554
OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (1) ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C] (722.0) r0898 r0898.0 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.1 [2501.7] r0898 r0898.2 [2501.7] (1) r0898 r0898.3 [2501.7] (1) r0898 r0898.4 [2501.7] (1) r0898 r0898.5 [2501.7] (1) r0898 r0898.6 [2501.7] r2138 r2138.7 [2546.7] (0) r0898 r0898.8 [2501.7] (0) r0898 r0898.9 [2501.7] (1) r0898 r0898.10 [2501.7] r1198 r1198.11 [2505.7] Operation enable p0852 [C] OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) RFG enable p1140 [C] Continue RFG p1141 [C] 1.
PAGE 555
Fig. 3-50 2513 – Control word 2 (r0055) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Suppl STW Bit No. [2505.7] r1198 r1198.0 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.1 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.2 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.3 STW setpoint chan [8565.7] r0837 r0837.0 DDS selected [8565.7] r0837 r0837.1 DDS selected [7958.6] r2349 r2349.0 Tec_ctrl status [7017.7] r1239 r1239.
PAGE 556
2522 – Status word, speed controller 1 = U/f control active r1407.0 1 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 2 1 = Torque control active r1407.2 3 1 = Speed control active r1407.3 4 Reserved From the speed controller [6040.7] 5 1 = Speed controller, I component held r1407.5 From the speed controller [6040.7] 6 1 = Speed controller, I component set r1407.6 From the torque setpoint [6060.8] 7 1 = Torque limit reached r1407.7 From the torque setpoint [6060.5], [6060.
PAGE 557
Fig. 3-52 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Status word closed-loop control (r0056) 0 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 2 1 = Pulse enable available r0056.2 3 Reserved [6722.6] 4 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 [6301.4] 5 1 = Starting boost active r0056.5 [6301.2] 6 1 = Acceleration voltage active [6730.5] 7 1 = Frequency, negative r0056.7 [6722.3] 8 1 = Field weakening active r0056.8 [6714.8] 9 1 = Voltage limit active r0056.
PAGE 558
[6714.8] [6730.3] SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA [2536.7] r2198 r2198.7 1 2 Internal control/status words Status word, closed-loop current control ZSW monitor 2 3 ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408 Status word current control (r1408) 0 1 = Closed-loop current control active r1408.0 1 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation r1408.
PAGE 559
Fig. 3-54 2534 – Status word, monitoring functions 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197 Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197) Bit No. From extended signals [8020.8] 0 1 = |n_act| <= n_min p1080 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = |n_act| <= speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.1 2 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.2 From speed signals [8011.8] 3 1 = n_act >= 0 r2197.
PAGE 560
2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = |n_set| < p2161 r2198.4 From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = n_set > 0 r2198.5 From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.7] 6 1 = Motor blocked r2198.6 From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.8] 7 1 = Motor stalled r2198.7 From extended signals [8020.
PAGE 561
Fig. 3-56 2537 – Status word, monitoring functions 3 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA PROFIdrive-Bit Bit No. ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) From speed signals [8010.8] 0 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) <1> From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 562
2546 – Control word, faults/alarms 1. Acknowledge p2103 [C] (722.2) 2. Acknowledge p2104 [C] (0) 0 Reserved 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 3. Acknowledge p2105 [C] (0) Pulse generator Control word, faults/alarms 1 = Acknowledge fault 8 Reserved 9 Reserved r2138.7 [2512.4], [8060.
PAGE 563
Fig. 3-58 2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Bit No. ZSW fault/alarm 1 r2139 r2139 Status word, faults/alarms 1 0 1 = Acknowledgement running r2139.0 1 1 = Acknowledgement required r2139.1 ... Reserved 3 1 = Fault present ... Reserved 6 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 7 1 = Alarm present r2139.7 8 1 = Internal signal 2 present r2139.8 ... Reserved From the alarm buffer [8065.
PAGE 564
POWER ON <1> Pulse enable HW <4> [2701.8] S1: Switching on inhibited 1 2000.00 µs Fault with OFF1- or OFF3 response 1 ... Drive at standstill From all states 2610 – Sequence control - Sequencer ZSWA.06 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0 ZSWA.00/01/02 = 0 Drive at standstill "0 = OFF" (STWA.00) Pulses inhibited "0 = Coast Stop" (STWA.01) "0 = Coast Stop" (STWA.01) <3> <4> "0 = Quick Stop" (STWA.02) & "0 = Coast Stop" (STWA.
PAGE 565
Fig. 3-60 2634 – Sequence control - Missing enable signals SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Bit No. Missing enable sig r0046 r0046 Missing enable signals (r0046) 0 1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 1 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 2 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 3 1 = Operation enable missing r0046.3 4 1 = DC current brake, enable missing r0046.4 ... Reserved 10 1 = Ramp-function generator enable missing r0046.
PAGE 566
3 Function diagrams 3.9 Setpoint channel 3.
PAGE 567
Fig. 3-61 3001 – Overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898.8 Main setpoint p1070 [C] (755[0]) STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898.9 0 0 + Suppl setp p1075 [C] (0) p1071 + 0 1 n_set_1 p1076 +/- Setp after limit [rpm] r1114 RFG setpoint at the input 1 0 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1059 [D] (-150.
PAGE 568
1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.1 p1021 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.2 p1022 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 p1023 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.3 0.000 1 [3011] 2 1 [3011] n_set_fixed No act r1197 0 0 0 0 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA n_set_fixed 1 [rpm] p1001 [D] (0.000) 0 0 0 1 n_set_fixed 2 [rpm] p1002 [D] (0.000) 0 0 1 0 n_set_fixed 3 [rpm] p1003 [D] (0.
PAGE 569
Fig. 3-63 3011 – Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection (p1016 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 p1021 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 p1022 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.2 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 p1023 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.
PAGE 570
3020 – Motorized potentiometer Mop configuration - ... p1030 [D] (0000 0110 bin) Automatic mode Ramp-function generator active Initial rounding-off active 2 Save in NVRAM active 3 Ramp-function generator is always active 4 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a ashion after OFF and after ON set to the saved value.
PAGE 571
Fig. 3-65 3030 – Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA <1> STW seq_ctrl p1055 r0898 [2501.7] r0898.8 PcCtrl active r0807.0 Setpoint from external OP or operating tool STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898.
PAGE 572
3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal STW setpoint chan r1198 p1111 [2505.2] r1198.6 STW setpoint chan r1198 p1110 [2505.2] r1198.5 1 = Setpoint inversion ESM ZSW r3889 [7033.2] r3889.0 1 = Extended service mode (ESM) activated p3880 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation n_limit setp 0.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1063 [D] (210000.000) [3030.8] n_set_1 0 0 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Setp after limit [rpm] r1114 [3050.
PAGE 573
Fig. 3-67 3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA n_skip 1 [rpm] p1091 [D] (0.000) n_skip 2 [rpm] p1092 [D] (0.000) <1> n_skip 3 [rpm] p1093 [D] (0.000) <1> n_skip 4 [rpm] p1094 [D] (0.000) <1> n_limit pos p1085 [C] (1083[0]) <1> n_limit pos eff [rpm] r1084 Min n_skip scal p1098 [C] (1) [6030.1] [6640.5] [8010.2] 0 n_limit pos [rpm] p1083 [D] (210000.
PAGE 574
3070 – Extended ramp-function generator [2634.8] 0 = Internal Quick stop 1 = Enable frequency setpoint r0898 [2501.7] r0898.6 [3050.8] [3080.8] 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 Ramp flattening-off Freeze ramp-function generator y 1 1 1 0 0 STW seq_ctrl p1141 r0898 0 = Freeze ramp<1> [2501.7] r0898.5 function generator [2634.8] 0 0 RFG setp at inp [rpm] r1119 1 0 STW setpoint chan p1122 r1198 1 = Bypass ramp-function generator <5> [2505.7] r1198.
PAGE 575
Fig. 3-69 3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Ramp-function generator selection x,y [3070.8] T1 x n_set_5 x y n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] [6030.1] r1170 [8011.1] y From the extended ramp-function generator t Interpolator RFG track intens 0.0 ... 50.0 p1145 [D] (0.0) <1> ZSW n_ctrl r1407 [2522.7] r1407.7 Ramp-function generator tracking [3070.3] RFG ZSW r1199 r1199.
PAGE 576
3 Function diagrams 3.10 Vector control 3.
PAGE 577
Fig. 3-70 n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] r1170 6020 – Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA [6050] Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation [3001.
PAGE 578
6030 – Speed setpoint, droop [6799.1] [2522.3] n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] r1170 n_set after filter [rpm] r0062 [6031.1] [3080.8] n_limit pos eff [rpm] r1084 [3050.8] n_limit neg eff [rpm] r1087 [3050.8] 0 1 = Sensorless vector control, speed pre-control active n_ctrl config p1400.11 Mot M_mom of inert 0.000000 ... 100000.000000 [kgm²] p0341 [D] (0.000000) Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [D] (1.000) 1 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.11 M_set [Nm] r0079 0 0 Pre-control speed [6730.1] [2522.
PAGE 579
Fig. 3-72 6031 – Pre-control balancing, acceleration model SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Mot M_mom of inert 0.000000 ... 100000.000000 [kgm²] p0341 [D] (0.000000) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [D] (1.000) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.0) 0 Acceleration calculation n_C n_act T_s SL 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.00) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.
PAGE 580
<1> 6040 – Speed controller From Kp/Tn adaptation [6050.7] Tn_n_basic 1 1 0 n_ctr Tn eff [ms] r1469 n_ctr Kp eff r1468 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active Speed controller Kp Tn Kp Kp + – n_act [rpm] r0063 M_set from speed controller + M_max upper eff [Nm] [6640.8] r1538 n_C n_act T_s SL 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.00) [6031.8] 0 Dynamic reduction, field weakening n_ctrl system dev [rpm] r0064 n_ctrl n_set [rpm] [6031.8] r1438 n_act smooth [rpm] r1445 [6060.
PAGE 581
Fig. 3-74 6050 – Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Speed-dependent Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation [6040.8] n_act [rpm] r0063[0] Kp_n_basic (p1470) Kp n n_ctr Kp n up scal 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1461 [D] (100.0) Kp Kp_n_adapt Tn Tn_n_adapt To the speed controller [6040.4] n n_ctrl n upper <1> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p1465 [D] (210000.00) n_ctrl n lower <1> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p1464 [D] (0.00) n_ctr Tn n up scal 0.0 ... 200000.
PAGE 582
6060 – Torque setpoint [6031.8] M_accel T_smooth 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p1517 [D] (4.00) <3> <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[1] Calculated accelerating torque ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.13 M_max upper eff [Nm] [6640.8] r1538 [2526.2] 1 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.8 [2522.3] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.8 [2522.3] M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] r1508 [6722.1] [6040.8] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.7 [2522.3] <4> M_set [Nm] r0079 + M_set from the speed controller + ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.
PAGE 583
Fig. 3-76 Vdc_max (Vector control) Vdc_ctrl Kp p1250 [D] Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1252 [D] Vdc ctr config vec p1240 [D] Vdc act val [V] r0070 0 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1,3 + – 0 0 1 r0056 r0056.14 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor p1243 [D] Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1254 1 Vdc_ctrl output [Arms] r1258 Vdc controller active [6710.2] Iq_max V_connect 1 ... 63000 [V] p0210 (400) Operating point selection 0 [6710.1] Iq_min [6710.
PAGE 584
6300 – U/f control, overview Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Slip compensation p1334, p1335 Speed actual value calculation [6310] [6320] Uf Res_damp gain p1338 [6310] n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] r1170 RFG setp at inp [rpm] [3050.8] r1119 + [6030.1] Ramp-function generator + + + + + 60 I_max_ctrl f_outp [rpm] r1343 Mot PolePairNo act r0313 [D] [8016.8] [6730.4] f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6310] f_outp smooth [Hz] r0024 100 ms I_max reduction I_outp max [Arms] r0067 I_max Power Module P_act [kW] [6799.
PAGE 585
Fig. 3-78 6301 – U/f characteristic and voltage boost SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Linear U_output max [Vrms] r0071 U_output max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Mot f_rated p0310 [D] Flux current control (FCC) ECO Mode Dependent on the load current Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 20 p1300 [D] (2) r1348 U/f Eco fac act v [%] U_output max [Vrms] r0071 U_output max r0071 0/5 Mot U_rated p0304 1/6 2 [6300.
PAGE 586
U/f slip compensation 6310 – Resonance damping and slip compensation (U/f) Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) f_res damp Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) – [6300.7] + Iq_act [Arms] r0078 Slip comp scal 0.0 ... 600.0 [%] p1335 [D] (0.0) [6714.8] Slip comp lim val 0.00 ... 600.00 [%] p1336 [D] (250.00) Mot slip_rated [Hz] r0330 [D] f_Slip [Hz] r0065 Slip compensation [6730.2] 250 ms Mot slip_rated [Hz] r0330 [D] 1 6% 10 % 95 % [6300.
PAGE 587
Fig. 3-80 Vdc_max (U/f control) 6320 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (PM230/PM240/PM330), (U/f) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Vdc_ctrl Tn p1291 [D] Vdc_ctr config U/f 0 ... 1 p1280 [D] (1) Vdc_ctrl Kp p1290 [D] Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1292 [D] 0 Vdc act val [V] r0070 1,3 + – 0 0 1 0 0 0,2 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.14 [2526.
PAGE 588
Speed control configuration Bit No. Meaning <3> 00 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active ... Reserved 05 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active ... Reserved 15 1 = Sensorless vector control, speed pre-control active ... Reserved 18 1 = Moment of inertia estimator active 19 1 = Anti-windup for integral component 20 1 = Acceleration model 21 1 = Free Tn reduction active <2> 22 1 = Obtain moment of inertia estimator value for pulse inhibit <1> [6040.3] [6040.3] [6030.6] <1> [6031.
PAGE 589
Fig. 3-82 Flux control, configuration Bit No. 6491 – Flux control configuration SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Flux ctrl config p1401 [D] Meaning 00 Reserved 01 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active 1 [6723.6] 02 1 = Flux build-up control active 1 [6723.
PAGE 590
6630 – Upper/lower torque limit ! <1> M_max upper [Nm] p1520 [D] (0.00) [6640.1] M 2 1 n Lower torque limit ! <2> M_max lower [Nm] p1521 [D] (0.00) [6640.1] M n SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 3 <1> <2> 4 ! Danger: Negative values at <1> positive values at <2> 1 Vector control Upper/lower torque limit 2 represent a minimum torque for the other torque direction and can cause the motor to accelerate uncontrollably. 3 4 5 6 fp_6630_97_01.
PAGE 591
Fig. 3-84 Speed limiting Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [D] Kp from speed controller [6040.5] 6640 – Current/power/torque limits SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Current limiting [6723.4] [8016.8] [6730.4] [6723.8] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] U_output max [Vrms] r0071 Current limit p0640 [D] I_max reduction Iq stall calculation Min Iq_max total [Arms] r1533 x x2 I_max Power Module Id_setp total [Arms] n_limit pos eff [rpm] [3050.
PAGE 592
6700 – Current control, overview M_set [Nm] r0079 – P Iq controller M Iq I_ctrl Kp p1715 [6710] Current setpoint filter – – Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) Efficiency opt. 0 ... 100 [%] <1> p1580 [D] (80) M_set static -200.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1610 [D] (50.0) M_suppl_accel 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1611 [D] (30.0) U_angle + + I_ctrl Tn p1717 Id_set [Arms] r0075 U_output max [Vrms] r0071 [6722.1] [6723.4] Modulat_depth [%] r0074 U_set K + [6020.
PAGE 593
Fig. 3-86 6710 – Current setpoint filter SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 1 = Frequency, negative [2526.6] r0056.7 ZSW cl-loop ctrl [2526.7] r0056 1 = Vdc_max controller active [6220.8] r0056.14 [6220.8] Iq_max 1 1 Isq_max [Arms] r1536 [6640.8] 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl [2526.7] r0056 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6220.8] r0056.15 0 Iq_min 1 [6220.8] Isq_min [Arms] r1537 [6640.8] 1 0 M_set [Nm] [6060.8] r0079 [6730.
PAGE 594
U_set 1 [6723.1] 6714 – Iq and Id controllers Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting U_max 1 Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1703 [D] (60.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.9 [2526.2] ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408.1 Direct U set [Vrms] r1732[0..1] ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408.3 Id current controller [6723.8] Id_setp total [Arms] r1624 Symmetrizing + [6723.3] [2530.2] U_set – Kp_I Id_set [Arms] r0075 [6730.1] K Tn_I Coordinate converter I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn 0.000 ... 100000.000 0.00 ... 1000.
PAGE 595
Fig. 3-88 6722 – Field weakening characteristic, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Field weak T_smth 0 ... 20000 [ms] p1584 [D] (0) Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [D] (0.000) [6723.4] U_output max [Vrms] r0071 Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.8 y [2526.2] n_act [rpm] [6730.1] r0063[0] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.1 Flux ctrl config p1401.
PAGE 596
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller (ASM, p0300 = 1) Pulse freq setp Modulator mode 0 ... 10 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1802 [D] (10) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_output max [Vrms] r0071 Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 [6640.1] [6700.1] [6722.1] Field_ctrl Tn 10 ... 10000 [ms] p1596 [D] (300) U_reserve dyn 0.0 ... 150.
PAGE 597
Fig. 3-90 [6723.1] [6799.1] 6730 – Interface to the Power Module (ASM, p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Power Module Control Unit Vdc act val [V] r0070 DC link voltage U_output [Vrms] r0072 Modulat_depth [%] [6799.1] r0074 2 U_set [6300.8] [6714.8] U_angle [6799.1] f_Slip r0065 Current model [6310.5] + r0063[0..2] p1764 Kp MotMod n_adapt Kp [rpm] p1767 r1770 V ~ M W + + Sign + or ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.
PAGE 598
DC link voltage 6797 – Closed-loop DC quantity control Pulse enable HW I_ctrl Kp p1715 [D] PU HW property r0204 [D].15 I_ctrl Tn Modulator mode p1717 [D] p1802 [D] Modulat depth max p1803 [D] U PWM V [6714.8] [6730.1] [6730.4] U_angle W f_Slip [Hz] Absolute value r0065 Angle f_outp [Hz] r0066 DC_ctrl ZSW r3859 r3859.0 1 = Compound braking active DC quantity control Modulat_depth [%] [6730.4] r0074 [6714.2] ~ M Only active, if: r0204.
PAGE 599
Fig. 3-92 6799 – Display signals SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA n_set before filt. [rpm] r0060 Modulat_depth [%] [6730.4] r0074 n_set smth [rpm] r0020 100 ms n_act smooth [rpm] r0021 n_act [rpm] [6730.1] r0063 [0] 100 ms n_act rpm smooth [rpm] r0022 [6714.8] Id_act [Arms] r0076 [6714.
PAGE 600
3 Function diagrams 3.11 Technology functions 3.
PAGE 601
Fig. 3-93 7017 – DC brake (p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA <2> <1> Mot t_de-excitat DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Arms] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] p0347 [D] (0.000) p1232 [D] (0.00) p1233 [D] (1.0) DCBRK config 0 ... 14 p1231 [D] (0) DCBRK Akt p1230 [C] (0) <3> n_act n_set Pulse suppression p1234 t |I_set| The parameters of the I_max current controller are also used.
PAGE 602
7030 – Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 Ftec0 Tn 0.000 ... 10000.000 [s] p11085 (30.000) Ftec0 setp t_r-up 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] p11057 (1.00) Ftec0 setp aft RFG [%] r11060 Ftec0 setp s_s p11053 (0) Ftec0 sys dev [%] r11073 + + + <1> Ftec0 Kp 0.000 ... 1000.000 p11080 (1.000) <1> Ftec0 out_sig [%] r11094 + Ftec0 stat_word r11049 r11049 .10 Ftec0 setp t_r-dn 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] p11058 (1.00) Ftec0 act v up lim Ftec0 act v T 0.00 ... 60.00 [s] -200.00 ... 200.00 [%] p11067 (100.00) p11065 (0.
PAGE 603
Fig. 3-95 7032 – Multi-zone control SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Zone_ctrl intercon 0 ... 1 p31020 (0) CU AI value in % [%] r0755[0] Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [0] (0) Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [1] (0) 0 0 + – 0 + 1 0 >0 To technology controller p2253 [7958.1] 1,2 Zon_ctrl act outp [%] r31027 0 To technology controller p2264 [7958.1] – Setpoint/actual value pair change over 0 1 0 Zone_ctrl act proc 0 ...
PAGE 604
1 = Direction of rotation inverted r3889.1 1 = Extended service mode (ESM) activated r3889.0 7033 – Essential service mode (ESM) ESM setp_src 0 ... 7 p3881 (0) [3040.5] [7958.3] 0 0 -1 Total setpoint eff [rpm] r1078 10 s 0 [3030.6] 1 1 1 = Setpoint signal lost Last known setpoint n_set_fixed 15 r3889.2 p1015 [D] (0.000) [3010.5] F03505 caused by wire breakage in AI 0 ESM setp_src alt 0 ... 2 p3882 (0) n_ref f_ref p2000 1 n_set_fixed 15 p1015 [D] (0.000) [3010.5] n_max p1082 [3050.
PAGE 605
Fig. 3-97 7035 – Bypass SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Line Bypass configuration Bypass STW / ZSW r1261 r1261 Bypass config 0 ... 3 p1260 (0) . . . Chngov_src config - ... p1267 (0000 bin) . . . Interlock against simultaneous closing SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 K1 Switch t_monit 0 ... 5000 [ms] p1274 (1000) K2 Bypass contactors Example: Activation via a control signal (p1267.
PAGE 606
Csc_ctrl ZSW r2379 r2379 Csc_ctrl enab 0 ... 1 p2370 [D] (0) SINAMICS G120 Relay outputs CU230P-2 (digital outputs) .. . Motor Starters To technology controller input of inverter Pressure Sensor CscCtr t_hld n_out 0.000 ... 999.000 [s] p2387 (0.
PAGE 607
Fig. 3-99 7038 – Energy-saving mode SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA En_save mode 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) Setting p2200 = 1, p2251 = 0, p2398 = 1, p2394 > 0 (Hibernation with boost using the technology setpoint as the main setpoint) Setting p2200 = 0, p2251 = 0,1, p2398 = 1, p2394 = 0 (Hibernation without boost using an external setpoint) En_save mode 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) % Technology setpoint En_savRest tec_ctr 0.000 ... 200.000 [%] p2392 (0.
PAGE 608
3 Function diagrams 3.12 Free function blocks 3.
PAGE 609
Fig.
PAGE 610
AND 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20032 (9999) AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20040 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 2 inputs p20038 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 0 output Q r20031 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 Q AND 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20033 (10) AND 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20041 (30) AND 1 AND 3 AND 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20036 (9999) AND 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20044 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 3 inputs p20042 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 1 output Q r20035 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 611
Fig. 3-102 7212 – OR (OR function blocks with 4 inputs) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA OR 0 inputs p20046 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 1 inputs p20050 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 OR 2 OR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20056 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 2 inputs p20054 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 output Q r20047 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20049 (60) OR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20057 (80) OR 1 OR 3 OR 1 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 612
XOR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20064 (9999) XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20072 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 2 inputs p20070 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 0 output Q r20063 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 Q XOR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20065 (110) XOR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20073 (130) XOR 1 XOR 3 XOR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20068 (9999) XOR 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20076 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 3 inputs p20074 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 1 output Q r20067 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 613
Fig. 3-104 7216 – NOT (inverter) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA NOT 0 input I p20078 (0) NOT 1 input I p20082 (0) NOT 3 NOT 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20092 (9999) I 1 Q NOT 3 input I p20090 (0) NOT 0 inv output r20079 I 1 Q NOT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20081 (160) NOT 3 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20093 (190) NOT 1 NOT 4 NOT 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20084 (9999) NOT 4 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 614
ADD 0 inputs p20094 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 SUB 0 + Y ADD 0 output Y r20095 SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20104 (9999) SUB 0 inputs p20102 [0] [1] ADD 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20097 (210) ADD 1 ADD 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20100 (9999) ADD 1 inputs p20098 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 + Y X1 X2 X1 - X2 Y SUB 0 difference Y r20103 SUB 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20105 (240) ADD 1 output Y r20099 SUB 1 ADD 1 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20101 (220) ADD 2 SUB 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 615
Fig. 3-106 7222 – MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA MUL 0 DIV 0 MUL 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20112 (9999) MUL 0 inputs p20110 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 x Y DIV 0 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 616
7224 – AVA (absolute value generator) AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 input X p20128 (0) AVA 0 output Y r20129 Y X SN AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20136 (9999) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA AVA 1 input X p20133 (0) AVA 1 output Y r20134 Y X SN AVA 1 input neg SN r20135 AVA 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 617
Fig. 3-108 7225 – NCM (numeric comparator) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA NCM 0 NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs p20312 [0] [1] X1 X2 > = < QU QE QL X1 > X2 X1 = X2 X1 < X2 r20313 NCM 0 output QU r20314 NCM 0 output QE r20315 NCM 0 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20317 (820) NCM 1 NCM 0 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 618
PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) PLI 0 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) PLI 0 input X p20372 (0) A18/B18 Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) Y A19/B19 X Xn X A0/B0 PLI 0 Y-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20375 (0.0000) A1/B1 PLI 0 output Y r20373 Y Yn PLI 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20377 (980) PLI 1 PLI 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20382 (9999) PLI 1 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20380 (0.
PAGE 619
Fig. 3-110 7230 – MFP (pulse generator), PCL (pulse contractor) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA MFP 0 MFP 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20141 (9999) MFP 2 MFP 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20139 (0.00) MFP 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20357 (9999) MFP 2 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20355 (0.00) T I Q MFP 0 output Q r20140 MFP 2 inp_pulse I p20354 (0) T I Q T MFP 2 output Q r20356 PCL 0 inp_pulse I p20148 (0) T I Q MFP 2 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 620
7232 – PDE (ON delay) PDE 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20161 (9999) PDE 2 PDE 0 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20159 (0.00) PDE 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20337 (9999) PDE 2 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20335 (0.00) T PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 (0) T I 0 T PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 (0) PDE 0 output Q r20160 Q T I 0 PDE 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20162 (430) PDE 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20338 (890) PDE 1 PDE 3 PDE 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20166 (9999) PDE 1 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20164 (0.00) PDE 3 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 621
Fig. 3-112 7233 – PDF (OFF delay) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA PDF 0 PDF 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20171 (9999) PDF 2 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20169 (0.00) PDF 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20347 (9999) PDF 2 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20345 (0.00) T PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 (0) 0 I T T PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 (0) PDF 0 output Q r20170 Q 0 I T PDF 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20172 (460) PDF 2 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 622
7234 – PST (pulse stretcher) PST 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20181 (9999) PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20179 (0.00) T PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse [0] Reset input [1] T I R PST 0 output Q r20180 Q PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20186 (9999) PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20184 (0.
PAGE 623
Fig. 3-114 7240 – RSR (RS flip-flop), DFR (D flip-flop) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA RSR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20191 (9999) RSR 0 RSR 0 inputs p20188 Set [0] Reset [1] Q S R DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20201 (9999) DFR 0 QN DFR 0 inputs p20198 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 0 output Q r20189 RSR 0 inv outp QN r20190 Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 624
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 7250 – BSW (binary change-over switch), NSW (numeric change-over switch) BSW 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20211 (9999) BSW 0 inputs p20208 [0] [1] BSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20212 (580) I0 0 Q I1 NSW 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20221 (9999) NSW 0 inputs p20218 [0] [1] BSW 0 output Q r20210 1 I BSW 0 sw_setting p20209 (0) X0 0 Y X1 BSW 1 inputs p20213 [0] [1] I BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 (0) NSW 1 BSW 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 625
Fig. 3-116 7260 – LIM (limiter) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA LIM 0 LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 input X p20228 (0) LIM 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20229 (0.0000) LU LIM 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20230 (0.0000) LL LIM 0 QU r20232 QU X Y QL LIM 0 QL r20233 QU LIM 1 QU r20240 LIM 0 output Y r20231 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20235 (640) LIM 1 LIM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 626
7262 – PT1 (smoothing element) PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20248 (9999) PT1 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20249 (670) PT1 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20254 (9999) T PT1 0 inputs p20244 Input [0] Set value [1] PT1 0 acc set val p20245 (0) PT1 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 627
Fig. 3-118 7264 – INT (integrator), DIF (derivative-action element) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA INT 0 INT 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20264 (9999) INT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20265 (700) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) TI INT 0 inputs p20256 Input [0] Set value [1] X SV INT 0 acc set val p20260 (0) INT 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20257 (0.0000) LU INT 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20258 (0.
PAGE 628
7270 – LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis) LVM 1 LVM 0 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20268 (0.0000) LVM 1 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20276 (0.0000) LVM 0 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20269 (0.0000) LVM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20273 (9999) LVM 1 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20277 (0.0000) LVM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20274 (720) L M LVM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 629
3 Function diagrams 3.13 Technology controller 3.
PAGE 630
23 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 1 [7951] 2 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 0000 Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctr fix val 3 [%] p2203 [D] (30.00) 0011 Tec_ctr fix val 4 [%] p2204 [D] (40.00) 0100 Tec_ctr fix val 5 [%] p2205 [D] (50.00) 0101 Tec_ctr fix val 6 [%] p2206 [D] (60.
PAGE 631
Fig. 3-121 7951 – Fixed value selection direct (p2216 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) 2 [7950] 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] (0) 2 Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225.0 [7950] 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) 2 [7950] 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 2 [7950] Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 [%] p2202 [D] (20.
PAGE 632
Data save active 0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active 0 1 0 1 0 1 Without initial rounding. With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly. Non-volatile data save not activated The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for p2230.
PAGE 633
Fig. 3-123 7958 – Closed-loop control SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Tec_ctrl set1 scal 0.00 ... 100.00 [%] p2255 (100.00) Tec_ctrl setp 1 p2253 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl outp scal -100.00 ... 100.00 [%] p2295 (100.00) Tec_reg Vorsteuer ZSW cl-loop ctrl Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] Tec_ctr set aftFlt [%] Tec_ctrl error [%] r2260 r2262 r2273 p2263 = 1 Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up Tec_ctrl set T Tec_ctrl fault inv 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] 0.000 ... 60.000 [s] 0 ... 1 p2257 (1.
PAGE 634
3 Function diagrams 3.14 Signals and monitoring functions 3.
PAGE 635
Fig. 3-124 8005 – Overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA n_act [rpm] r0063 [0] n_act smth message [rpm] r2169 [6730.1] n_max n_ctrl setp sum [rpm] r1170 [3080] n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 [6031] [8011] Speed messages 2 [8010] Speed messages 1 M_act [Nm] r0080[0] [6714] [8013] Load monitoring 635 1 2 Signals and monitoring functions Overview 3 4 5 6 fp_8005_97_01.vsd 07.04.2014 V4.
PAGE 636
8010 – Speed signals 1 n_limit neg eff [rpm] n_act [rpm] r0063 [1] 0 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.6 [2534.3] n n [6799.4] n_act_filt T 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p2153 [D] (0) n_act [rpm] r0063 [0] |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2161 [D] (5.00) n_act smth message [rpm] r2169 Hyst n_act>n_max [8011.2] 0.00 ... 60000.00 [rpm] [8012.2] p2162 [D] (0.00) [8013.1] ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199.0 [2537.3] 1 0 [6730.1] n_thresh val 1 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2141 [D] (5.
PAGE 637
Fig. 3-126 8011 – Speed signals 2 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA 0 n_act smth message [rpm] [8010.2] r2169 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.3 [2534.3] n_act >= 0 1 0 <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [rpm] p2150 [D] (2.00) 0 n_set for msg p2151 [C] (1170[0]) 1 [3080.8] 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.5 [2536.3] n_set > 0 n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2161 [D] (5.00) <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [rpm] p2150 [D] (2.
PAGE 638
Mot stall enab neg p2144 [C] (0) 1 1 = Torque limit reached Mot lock n_thresh 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2175 [D] (120.00) [2526.6] r0056 r0056.12 r0056 [2526.6] r0056.13 0 MIN n_act smth message [rpm] [8010.2] r2169 Load monit n_act p3230 [C] <1> (0) 20 n_act smooth signal < p2175 r1407 [2522.7] r1407.7 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode p1300 1 = Current limiting controller, 5,6, 19 Mot lock t_del p2177 T ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.6 0 [2536.3] 0..
PAGE 639
Fig. 3-128 8013 – Load monitoring SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA p2149.1 M_act_filt T 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p3233 [D] (100) A07926 "Envelop characteristic, parameter not valid" <2> 1 M_act [Nm] r0080[0] [6799.8] M [Nm] 0 M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2190 [D] (0.00) Load monit config Load monit resp 0 ... 3 0 ... 6 p2193 [D] (1) Load monit t_del p2181 [D] (0) 0.00 ...
PAGE 640
Thermal monitoring for the power module Maximum power module temperature ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2135 r2135.13 [2548.2] 1 T_max heatsink 8014 – Thermal monitoring, power unit 1 = Fault thermal overload in power module Temperature measurement 1 Max Faults "Power unit overtemperature" F30004 Inverter heatsink F30024 Thermal model F30025 Chip F30035 Air intake 0 Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) PU temperatures [°C] 5 °C r0037 [0..
PAGE 641
Fig. 3-130 8016 – Thermal monitoring, motor Mod 1/2 threshold p0605 Mot temp response p0610 1 p0610 = 1 Fault response & 0 KTY sensor type Suppress fault with p0610 = 0 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Mot temp [°C] [8017.1] r0035 (threshold not applicable for PTC) Mot_temp_sens type 0 ... 4 p0601 [D] (0) [8017.8] [2201.
PAGE 642
1 model [8016.6] 8017 – Thermal motor models 0 Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) (for synchronous motor only) Mod 1/2 threshold p0605 <4> I2t mot_mod T p0611 1 <1> Mot temp [°C] [8016.4] r0035 Rated motor temperature rise <2> Mot T_ambient p0625 1 = Activate motor temperature model 2 p0612.
PAGE 643
Fig. 3-132 8020 – Monitoring functions 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA n_min p1080 n_act smth message [rpm] [8010.2] r2169 r2197 r2197.0 1 0 0 RFG setp at inp [rpm] [3050.8] r1119 – 1 r0053 r0053.2 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 [2511.6] + 1 0 0 1 [2534.2] 1 = |n_act| <= n_min p1080 r2197 r2197.4 [2534.2] 1 = |n_act| >= n_set n_standst n_thresh p1226 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 r0053 r0053.6 Pulse suppr t_del p1228 [2511.
PAGE 644
3 Function diagrams 3.15 Diagnostics 3.
PAGE 645
Fig. 3-133 8050 – Overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Fxxxxx Fyyyyy r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 Code Value coming going Ayyyyy r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 Azzzzz alarms Code Value coming going Fzzzzz faults III t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) III Fault cases qty 0 ... 65535 p0952 (0) [8060] Fault buffer Axxxxx III Alarm counter 0 ...
PAGE 646
t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) 32 bit counter, free running <2> Fault code Fault value Act fault val r3131 Fault time "received" Comp_no act r3132 Fault time "removed" Component fault Diagnostic attribute fault Fault times III [8065.
PAGE 647
Fig. 3-135 8065 – Alarm buffer SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Actual alarm code r2132 <1> 0 = "No alarm present" Alarm code [8060.1] Operating time Alarm value Alarm time "received" Alarm time "removed" Component alarm Diagnostic attribute alarm Alarm times 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective p2112 r2138 [2546.7] r2138.10 1 = External alarm 2 (A07851) effective p2116 r2138 [2546.7] r2138.
PAGE 648
8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [15] F/A trigger signal r2129 r2129 r2129.0 0. Message/signal present 1. Message/signal present Fault/alarm trigger word (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) r2129.1 15. Message/signal present r2129.15 15.
PAGE 649
Fig. 3-137 8075 – Faults/alarms configuration SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Changing the fault response for maximum 20 faults <1> Chng resp F_no 0 ... 65535 p2100 (0) Changing the message type - fault <==> alarm for maximum 20 faults/alarms <1> Chng resp resp 0 ... 6 p2101 (0) Chng type msg_no 0 ... 65535 p2118 (0) Change type type 1 ... 3 p2119 (1) [0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault response 0 = NONE [0] 0.
PAGE 650
3 Function diagrams 3.16 Data sets 3.
PAGE 651
Fig. 3-138 8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Example: Change over command data set CDS0 --> CDS1 BI: p0810 = "0" CDS0 selected r0836.0 = 0 BI: p0810 = "1" CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 1 t t CDS0 effective r0050.0 = 0 Source CDS p0809[0] (0) CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 1 Target CDS p0809[1] (1) Start copy process p0809[2] (0) CDS selected r0836 [2513.2] r0836.0 r0836.1 t CDS select., bit 0 p0810 (0) CDS count 2 ...
PAGE 652
8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) Copy DDS, target p0819[1] (1) Copy DDS, start p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 r0837.0 r0837.1 [2513.2] DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) DDS select., bit 0 p0820 [C] (0) DDS select., bit 1 p0821 [C] (0) DDS3 A07530 "Drive data set does not exist" DDS2 DDS1 <1> DDS effective r0051 r0051.0 r0051.1 DDS0 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual (LH9), 04/2014, A5E33838102B AA Note Data sets can only be applied and cleared when p0010 = 15 is set.
PAGE 653
Faults and alarms 4 Content 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 654 4.
PAGE 654
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.1 General information Fault and alarm displays (messages) In the case of a fault, the drive signals the corresponding fault(s) and/or alarm(s). For example, the following methods for displaying faults and alarms are available: • Display via the fault and alarm buffer with PROFIBUS/PROFINET • Display online via the commissioning software • Display and operating unit (e.g.
PAGE 655
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Fault reactions The following fault reactions are defined: Table 4-2 List NONE Fault reactions PROFIdrive - Reaction None Description No reaction when a fault occurs. Note With "Basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1), the following applies: When a fault occurs with fault reaction "NONE", an active traversing task is interrupted and the system switches to tracking mode until the fault has been rectified and acknowledged.
PAGE 656
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-2 Fault reactions, continued List OFF3 PROFIdrive QUICK STOP Reaction Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by pulse inhibit Description Closed-loop speed control (p1300 = 20, 21) • n_set = 0 is input immediately to brake the drive along the OFF3 ramp down (p1135). • When zero speed is detected, the motor holding brake (if parameterized) is closed. The pulses are suppressed when the closing time of the holding brake (p1217) expires.
PAGE 657
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Acknowledging faults The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been removed. Table 4-3 Acknowledging faults Acknowledgemen t POWER ON Description The fault is acknowledged via a POWER ON (switch Control Unit off and on again). Note If this action has not removed the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately after power up.
PAGE 658
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The information listed below is the maximum amount of information that a description can contain. Some of the information is optional.
PAGE 659
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Fault location (optional): Name The fault location (optional), the name of the fault or alarm and the message number are all used to identify the message (e.g. with the commissioning software). Message value: The information provided under the message value informs you about the composition of the fault/alarm value.
PAGE 660
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms For the interfaces DP, ET 200, NAMUR, in some instances, the message classes are combined. Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Cause and remedy. Hardware/software errors (1) Diagnostics interface PN (hex) DS1 (dec) DP (dec) ET 200 (dec) NAMUR (r3113.
PAGE 661
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces, continued Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Cause and remedy. Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Diagnostics interface PN (hex) DS1 (dec) DP (dec) ET 200 (dec) NAMUR (r3113.
PAGE 662
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces, continued Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Cause and remedy. General drive fault (19) Diagnostics interface PN (hex) DS1 (dec) DP (dec) ET 200 (dec) NAMUR (r3113.x) 9012 18 9 9 15 9013 19 29 26 15 Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool.
PAGE 663
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Remedy: Description of the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active fault/alarm WARNING In certain cases, servicing and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable method for eliminating the cause of faults.
PAGE 664
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms Note The following number ranges represent an overview of all faults and alarms used in the SINAMICS drive family. The faults and alarms for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of faults and alarms" (Page 666).
PAGE 665
4 Faults and alarms 4.
PAGE 666
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4702900, Language: eng Objects: CU230P-2_BT, CU230P-2_CAN, CU230P-2_DP, CU230P-2_HVAC, CU230P-2_PN F01000 Internal software error Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 667
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01003 Acknowledgement delay when accessing the memory Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A memory area was accessed that does not return a "READY". Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 668
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01009 (N) CU: Control module overtemperature Message class: Overtemperature of the electronic components (6) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The temperature (r0037[0]) of the control module (Control Unit) has exceeded the specified limit value. Remedy: - check the air intake for the Control Unit. - check the Control Unit fan. Note: The alarm automatically disappears after the limit value has been undershot.
PAGE 669
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): zyx dec: x = Problem, y = Directory, z = File name x = 1: File does not exist. x = 2: Firmware version of the file does not match the software version. x = 3: File checksum is incorrect. y = 0: Directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/ y = 1: Directory /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA/ z = 0: File MOTARM.ACX z = 1: File MOTSRM.ACX z = 2: File MOTSLM.ACX z = 3: File ENCDATA.ACX z = 4: File FILTDATA.ACX z = 5: File BRKDATA.
PAGE 670
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01021 Removable data medium as USB data storage medium from the PC used Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The removable data medium is used as USB data storage medium from a PC As a consequence, the drive cannot access the removable data medium. When backing up, the configuration data cannot be saved on the removable data medium.
PAGE 671
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, parameter): Reference parameter whose value is 0.0. See also: p0505 (Selecting the system of units), p0595 (Technological unit selection) Remedy: Set the value of the reference parameter to a number different than 0.0.
PAGE 672
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms yyy = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number yyy = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file Byte 2, 3, 4: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: If you have saved the project data using the commissioning software, carry out a new download for your project. Save using the function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0971 = 1 This means that the parameter files are again completely written into the non-volatile memory.
PAGE 673
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms d, c: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check the file attribute of the files (PSxxxyyy.***, CAxxxyyy.***, CCxxxyyy.***) and, if required, change from "read only" to "writeable". - check the free memory space in the non-volatile memory. Approx. 80 kbyte of free memory space is required for every drive object in the system. - replace the memory card or Control Unit.
PAGE 674
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01043 Fatal error at project download Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fatal error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Device status cannot be changed to Device Download (drive object ON?). 2: Incorrect drive object number.
PAGE 675
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01049 It is not possible to write to file Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: It is not possible to write into a write-protected file (PSxxxxxx.acx). The write request was interrupted. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Drive object number. Remedy: Check whether the "write protected" attribute has been set for the files in the non-volatile memory under .../USER/SINAMICS/DATA/...
PAGE 676
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms This can also occur if the buffer memory is active (p0014 = 1) and parameters are continually changed via a fieldbus system. Remedy: If required, de-activate and clear the buffer memory (p0014 = 0). If required, clear the buffer memory (p0014 = 2).
PAGE 677
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for the Control Unit. - carry out a hardware reset (RESET button, p0972). A01098 RTC: Date and time setting required Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The power supply for the Control Unit was interrupted for an extended period. The date and time displayed on the real-time clock are no longer accurate.
PAGE 678
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01120 (A) Terminal initialization has failed Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: An internal software error occurred while the terminal functions were being initialized. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version.
PAGE 679
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01257 CU: Firmware version out of date Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: The Control Unit firmware is too old. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): bbbbbbaa hex: aa = unsupported component aa = 01 hex = 1 dec: The firmware being used does not support the Control Unit.
PAGE 680
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring. - Reduce the number of components on the DRIVE-CLiQ line involved and distribute these to other DRIVE-CLiQ sockets of the Control Unit. This means that communication is uniformly distributed over several lines. Re fault value = 1yy - 4yy in addition: - increase the sampling times (p0112, p0115, p4099).
PAGE 681
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01512 BICO: No scaling available Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Unit (e.g. corresponding to SPEED) for which an attempt was made to determine a factor. Remedy: Apply scaling or check the transfer value.
PAGE 682
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01590 (F) Drive: Motor maintenance interval expired Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The selected service/maintenance interval for this motor was reached. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Motor data set number.
PAGE 683
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms CU230P-2 DP: - set the PROFIBUS master to the RUN state. - slave redundancy: For operation on a Y link, it must be ensured that "DP alarm mode = DPV1" is set in the slave parameterization. A01920 (F) PROFIBUS: Interruption cyclic connection Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The cyclic connection to the PROFIBUS master is interrupted.
PAGE 684
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A02051 Trace: recording not possible as a result of know-how protection Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: TRACE recording is not possible as at least one signal or trigger signal being used is under know-how protection.
PAGE 685
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A02060 Trace: Signal to be traced missing Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: - a signal to be traced was not specified. - the specified signals are not valid. Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced. - check whether the relevant signal can be traced.
PAGE 686
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Restart trace.
PAGE 687
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 3: data save operation to slow. - a second trace has been completed before the measurement results of the first trace were able to be saved. - writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save. 4: Data save operation canceled. - for instance, the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found. Remedy: - insert or remove the memory card. - use a larger memory card.
PAGE 688
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F02152 (A) OA: Insufficient memory Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: OFF1 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit (e.g. too many drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications, blocks, etc). Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - change the configuration on this Control Unit (e.g.
PAGE 689
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Note: For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active: p0756[0...1] = 1 (2 ... 10 V with monitoring) p0756[0...2] = 3 (4 ... 20 mA with monitoring) Remedy: Check the connection to the signal source for interruptions. Check the magnitude of the injected current - it is possible that the infed signal is too low. The input current measured by the analog input can be read in r0752[x].
PAGE 690
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A05001 (N) Power unit: Overtemperature depletion layer chip Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Alarm threshold for overtemperature of the power semiconductor in the AC converter has been reached. Note: - The response is set using p0290. - If the depletion layer temperature increases by an additional 15 K, then fault F30025 is triggered.
PAGE 691
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A05006 (N) Power unit: Overtemperature thermal model Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The temperature difference between the chip and heat sink has exceeded the permissible limit value (blocksize power units only). Depending on p0290, an appropriate overload response is initiated. See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures) Remedy: Not necessary.
PAGE 692
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F06922 Braking resistor phase failure Message class: Braking Module faulted (14) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A phase failure for the brake resistor was detected. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 11: Phase U 12: Phase V 13: Phase W See also: p3235 (Phase failure signal motor monitoring time) Remedy: Check the feeder cables to the braking resistors.
PAGE 693
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07014 (N) Drive: Motor temperature model configuration alarm Message class: Motor overload (8) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A fault has occurred in the configuration of the motor temperature model.
PAGE 694
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Modify the parameter indicated in the fault value (r0949) (e.g. p0640 = current limit > 0). See also: p0311, p0341, p0344, p0350, p0354, p0356, p0358, p0360, p0640, p1082 F07082 Macro: Execution not possible Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The macro cannot be executed.
PAGE 695
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07084 Macro: Condition for WaitUntil not fulfilled Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The WaitUntil condition set in the macro was not fulfilled in a certain number of attempts. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Parameter number for which the condition was set. Remedy: Check and correct the conditions for the WaitUntil loop.
PAGE 696
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07200 Drive: Master control ON command present Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The ON/OFF1 command is present (no 0 signal). Remedy: Switch the signal via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control to 0.
PAGE 697
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07312 Bypass LSS: Message class: Application / technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary): Bit 1: Switch "Closed" feedback signal missing. Bit 2: Switch "Open" feedback signal missing. Bit 3: Switch feedback signal too slow. After switching, the system waits for the positive feedback signal.
PAGE 698
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm disappears when the motor is restarted automatically or when the motor is manually switched off. F07330 Flying restart: Measured search current too low Message class: Application / technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: During a flying restart, it was identified that the search current reached is too low. It is possible that the motor is not connected.
PAGE 699
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07401 (N) Drive: DC link voltage maximum controller de-activated Message class: Application / technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The Vdc_max controller can no longer maintain the DC link voltage (r0070) below the limit value (r1242, r1282) and was therefore switched out (disabled). - the line supply voltage is permanently higher than specified for the power unit.
PAGE 700
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07410 Drive: Current controller output limited Message class: Application / technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The condition "I_act = 0 and Uq_set_1 longer than 16 ms at its limit" is present and can be caused by the following: - motor not connected or motor contactor open. - motor data and motor configuration (star-delta) do not match. - no DC link voltage present.
PAGE 701
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Re fault cause = 2: - De-energize flux build-up control (p1401.2 = 0). - Shut down quick magnetizing (p1401.6 = 0). Re fault cause = 3: - Re-parameterize Rs identification (p0621 = 0, 1) - Shut down quick magnetizing (p1401.6 = 0).
PAGE 702
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - de-activate the holding command for the ramp-function generator (p1141). - suppress the fault (p2101, p2119). This is necessary if the ramp-function generator is held using jogging and the speed setpoint is simultaneously inhibited (r0898.6).
PAGE 703
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - select the existing drive data set. - set up additional drive data sets. A07531 Drive: Command Data Set CDS not present Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The selected command data set is not available (p0836 > p0170). The command data set was not changed over.
PAGE 704
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - associated infeed or drive of the signaling component is defective. - supply voltage incorrectly set. Remedy: - increase the monitoring time (p0857). - ensure that there is a DC link voltage. Check the DC link busbar. Enable the infeed. - replace the associated infeed or drive of the signaling component. - check the line supply voltage setting (p0210).
PAGE 705
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07810 Drive: Power unit EEPROM without rated data Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: No rated data are stored in the power unit EEPROM. See also: p0205 (Power unit application), r0206 (Rated power unit power), r0207 (Rated power unit current), r0208 (Rated power unit line supply voltage), r0209 (Power unit maximum current) Remedy: Replace the power unit or inform Siemens Customer Service.
PAGE 706
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07861 (A) External fault 2 Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16) Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The condition for "External fault 2" is satisfied. Note: The "External fault 2" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2107. See also: p2107 (External fault 2) Remedy: - eliminate the causes of this fault. - acknowledge fault.
PAGE 707
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07902 (N, A) Drive: Motor stalled Message class: Application / technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The system has identified that the motor has stalled for a time longer than is set in p2178. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Reserved. 2: Stall detection using r1408.12 (p1745) or via (r0084 ... r0083).
PAGE 708
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the motor load. - check the motor ambient temperature. - check KTY84. - check overtemperatures of the motor temperature model 2 (p0626 ... p0628).
PAGE 709
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07924 Drive: Torque/speed too high Message class: Application / technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic (too high). For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too high). Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load.
PAGE 710
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the sensor. - if necessary, de-activate the load monitoring (p2193). See also: p2193 (Load monitoring configuration), p3232 (Load monitoring failure detection) F07950 (A) Motor parameter incorrect Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The motor parameters were incorrectly entered while commissioning (e.g.
PAGE 711
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 13: Stage 2: The maximum current was exceeded. 14: Current difference to determine the +d axis too low. 15: Second harmonic too low. 16: Drive converter too small for the measuring technique. 17: Abort due to pulse inhibit. 18: First harmonic too low. 20: Pole position identification requested with the motor shaft rotating and activated "flying restart" function. Remedy: For fault value = 1: Check whether the motor is correctly connected.
PAGE 712
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 5: Fine encoder calibration is calculated. 10: Speed too low, rotating measurement interrupted. 12: Torque too high, rotating measurement interrupted. Remedy: Re alarm value = 10: Increase the speed. Re alarm value = 12: Bring the drive into a no-load condition.
PAGE 713
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Re fault value = 1 ... 4: - check the motor parameters (rating plate data). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. - check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. - carry out a motor data identification routine (p1910). - if required, reduce the dynamic factor (p1967 < 25 %). For fault value = 5: - the speed setpoint (p1961) is too high. Reduce the speed.
PAGE 714
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For fault value = 10: - check the moment of inertia (p0341, p0342). After the change: Calculate p0340 = 3. Note: The moment of inertia identification routine can be disabled using p1959.2.
PAGE 715
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07990 Drive: Incorrect motor data identification Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the identification routine. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Current limit value reached. 2: Identified stator resistance lies outside the expected range 0.1 ... 100% of Zn.
PAGE 716
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07994 (F, N) Drive: motor data identification not performed Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The "vector control" mode has been selected and a motor data identification has still not been performed.
PAGE 717
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Check the receive configuration data. Re alarm value = 2: - Check the number of data words for output and input. A08526 (F) PROFINET: No cyclic connection Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: There is no connection to a PROFINET controller. Remedy: Establish the cyclic connection and activate the controller with cyclic operation.
PAGE 718
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms The CAN controller must be manually restarted with p8608 = 1 after the cause of the fault has been resolved! See also: p8608 (CAN Clear Bus Off Error), p8622 (CAN bit rate), p8623 (CAN Bit Timing selection) F08701 CAN: NMT state change Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9) Reaction: OFF3 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A CANopen NMT state transition from "operational" to "pre-operational" or after "stopped".
PAGE 719
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the bus cable. - set a higher baud rate (p8622). - check the bit timing and if required optimize (p8623). Re alarm value = 2: - reduce the cycle times of the SDO receive messages. - SDO request from master only after SDO feedback for previous SDO request.
PAGE 720
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Select another PDO COB-ID. A08760 CAN: maximum size of the IF PZD exceeded Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The maximum size of the IF PZD was exceeded. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 1: error for IF PZD receive. 2: error for IF PZD send. Note: IF: interface Remedy: Map fewer process data in PDO.
PAGE 721
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F13100 Know-how protection: Copy protection error Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF1 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The know-how protection with copy protection for the memory card is active. An error has occurred when checking the memory card. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 0: A memory card is not inserted. 1: An invalid memory card is inserted (not SIEMENS).
PAGE 722
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - Replace the project on the memory card or replace project files for download from the memory card. - Restore the factory setting and download again. F30001 Power unit: Overcurrent Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an overcurrent condition. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame).
PAGE 723
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - adapt the dynamic response of the DC-link voltage controller (p1243, p1247, p1283, p1287). - check the line supply voltage and setting in p0210. - check and correct the phase assignment at the power unit. - check the line supply phases.
PAGE 724
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms See also: r0036 (Power unit overload I2t), r0206 (Rated power unit power), p0307 (Rated motor power) F30011 Power unit: Line phase failure in main circuit Message class: Network fault (2) Reaction: OFF2 (OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: At the power unit, the DC link voltage ripple has exceeded the permissible limit value. Possible causes: - A line phase has failed. - The 3 line phases are inadmissibly unsymmetrical.
PAGE 725
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Bit 8: Rectifier 1 Bit 9: Rectifier 2 Remedy: Contact the manufacturer. F30015 (N, A) Power unit: Phase failure motor cable Message class: Application / technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A phase failure in the motor feeder cable was detected. The signal can also be output in the following cases: - The motor is correctly connected, but the drive has stalled in U/f control.
PAGE 726
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30021 Power unit: Ground fault Message class: Ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit detected (7) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The Power unit has detected a ground fault. Possible causes: - ground fault in the power cables. - Ground fault at the motor. - CT defective. - when the brake closes, this causes the hardware DC current monitoring to respond. - short-circuit at the braking resistor.
PAGE 727
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - ambient temperature too high. - pulse frequency too high. See also: r0037 (Power unit temperatures) Remedy: - adapt the load duty cycle. - check whether the fan is running. - check the fan elements. - check whether the ambient temperature is in the permissible range. - check the motor load. - reduce the pulse frequency if this is higher than the rated pulse frequency. - if DC braking is active: reduce braking current (p1232).
PAGE 728
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 6: Commissioning. 7: Ready for pre-charging. 8: Pre-charging started, DC link voltage less than the minimum switch-on voltage. 9: Pre-charging, DC link voltage end of pre-charging still not detected. 10: Wait for the end of the de-bounce time of the main contactor after pre-charging has been completed. 11: Pre-charging completed, ready for pulse enable. 12: Reserved.
PAGE 729
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A30031 Power unit: Hardware current limiting in phase U Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Hardware current limit for phase U responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - fault in the motor or in the power cables. - the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length. - motor load too high - power unit defective.
PAGE 730
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the motor data and if required, recalculate the control parameters (p0340 = 3). As an alternative, run a motor data identification (p1910 = 1, p1960 = 1). - check the motor circuit configuration (star/delta). - check the motor load. - check the power cable connections. - check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault. - check the length of the power cables.
PAGE 731
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30037 Power unit: Rectifier overtemperature Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The temperature in the rectifier of the power unit has exceeded the permissible temperature limit. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. - overload. - ambient temperature too high. - line supply phase failure. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Temperature [0.01 °C].
PAGE 732
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30052 EEPROM data error Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: EEPROM data error of the power unit module. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 0, 2, 3, 4: The EEPROM data read in from the power unit module is inconsistent. 1: EEPROM data is not compatible to the firmware of the Control Unit. Remedy: Replace power unit module.
PAGE 733
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30071 No new actual values received from the Power Module Message class: Internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error (12) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: More than one actual value telegram from the power unit module has failed. Remedy: Check the interface (adjustment and locking) to the power unit module.
PAGE 734
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30080 Power unit: Current increasing too quickly Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an excessive rate of rise in the overvoltage range. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame). - U/f operation: Up ramp set too low. - U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit.
PAGE 735
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30105 PU: Actual value sensing fault Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: At least one incorrect actual value channel was detected on the Power Stack Adapter (PSA). The incorrect actual value channels are displayed in the following diagnostic parameters. Remedy: Evaluate the diagnostic parameters. If the actual value channel is incorrect, check the components and if required, replace.
PAGE 736
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30802 Power unit: Time slice overflow Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A time slice overflow has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): xx: Time slice number xx Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 737
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30850 Power unit: Internal software error Message class: Hardware / software error (1) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred in the power unit. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - replace power unit. - if required, upgrade the firmware in the power unit. - contact the Hotline.
PAGE 738
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Alarm number. Note: If required, the significance of this new alarm can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit. Remedy: - replace the firmware on the power unit by an older firmware version (r0128). - upgrade the firmware on the Control Unit (r0018).
PAGE 739
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for the Control Unit involved. F50518 FBLOCKS: Sampling time of free run-time group differs at download Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: In the STARTER/SCOUT project that was downloaded, the hardware sampling time of a free run-time group (1 <= p20000[i] <= 256) was set to a value that was either too low or too high.
PAGE 740
4 Faults and alarms 4.
PAGE 741
A Appendix Content A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) 742 A.2 Motor code list 745 A.
PAGE 742
A Appendix A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) The following table includes the decimal and hexadecimal notation of ASCII characters that can be displayed (printable).
PAGE 743
A Appendix A.
PAGE 744
A Appendix A.
PAGE 745
A Appendix A.2 Motor code list A.
PAGE 746
A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations A.3 List of abbreviations Note The following list of abbreviations includes all abbreviations and their meanings used in the entire SINAMICS family of drives.
PAGE 747
A Appendix A.
PAGE 748
A Appendix A.
PAGE 749
A Appendix A.3 List of abbreviations Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning High Frequency High frequency HFD Hochfrequenzdrossel High-frequency reactor HLA Hydraulic Linear Actuator Hydraulic linear drive HLG Hochlaufgeber Ramp-function generator HM Hydraulic Module Hydraulic Module HMI Human Machine Interface Human machine interface HTL High-Threshold Logic Logic with high fault threshold HW Hardware Hardware i. V.
PAGE 750
A Appendix A.
PAGE 751
A Appendix A.
PAGE 752
A Appendix A.
PAGE 753
A Appendix A.
PAGE 754
A Appendix A.
PAGE 755
Index Numbers 1020 Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 500 1021 Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 501 1022 Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 502 1030 Handling BICO technology, 503 2201 Connection overview, 505 2221 Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5), 506 2242 Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2), 507 2251 Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI 0 ... AI 1), 508 2252 Analog input 2 (AI 2), 509 2256 Digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12), 510 2261 Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO 0 ...
PAGE 756
Index 2537 Status word, monitoring functions 3, 561 2546 Control word, faults/alarms, 562 2548 Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2, 563 2610 Sequence control - Sequencer, 564 2634 Sequence control - Missing enable signals, 565 3001 Overview of setpoint channel, 567 3010 Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2), 568 3011 Fixed speed setpoints, direct selection, 569 3020 Motorized potentiometer, 570 3030 Main/supplementary setpoint, setpoint scaling, jogging, 571 3040 Direction limitation and direc
PAGE 757
Index 7220 ADD (adder with 4 inputs), SUB (subtracter), 614 7222 MUL (multiplier), DIV (divider), 615 7224 AVA (absolute value generator), 616 7225 NCM (numeric comparator), 617 7226 PLI (polyline scaling), 618 7230 MFP (pulse generator), PCL (pulse contractor), 619 7232 PDE (ON delay), 620 7233 PDF (OFF delay), 621 7234 PST (pulse stretcher), 622 7240 RSR (RS flip-flop), DFR (D flip-flop), 623 7250 BSW (binary change-over switch), NSW (numeric change-over switch), 624 7260 LIM (limiter), 625 7262 PT1 (smo
PAGE 758
Index A Acknowledgement Adjustable, 662 Default, 662 IMMEDIATELY, 657 POWER ON, 657 PULSE INHIBIT, 657 Adjustable parameters, 13 Alarm Cause, 662 Display, 654 Explanation of list, 658 Fault location, 659 General information, 654 How to distinguish an alarm from a fault, 654 List of all alarms, 666 Message class, 659 Message value, 659 Name, 659 Number, 658 Number range, 664 Remedy, 663 Alarm buffer, 644 Alarm value, 662 Analog inputs, 504 Analog outputs, 504 ASCII table, 742 Axxxx, 658 B BI, Binector Inpu
PAGE 759
Index AVA (absolute value generator), 616 Explanation of list, 658 BSW (binary switch), 624 Fault location, 659 DFR (D flip-flop), 623 Fault reaction, 655, 662 DIF (derivative action element), 627 General information, 654 DIV (divider), 615 How to distinguish a fault from an alarm, 654 INT (integrator), 627 List of all faults, 666 LIM (limiter), 625 Message class, 659 LVM (double-sided limit monitor with hysteresis), 628 Message value, 659 MFP (pulse generator), 619 Name, 659 MUL (multiplier), 615 Number,
PAGE 760
Index Function diagrams, PROFIdrive Overview, 520 PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN), addresses and diagnostics, 521 PZD receive signals interconnection, 523 PZD send signals interconnection, 527 Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999), 531 Send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999), 532 Status words, free interconnection, 533 STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 0), 525 STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2), 524 STW3 control word interconnection, 526 Telegram
PAGE 761
Index PM330 - digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 4), digital outputs (DO 0 ...
PAGE 762
Index Q T Quick commissioning (parameters), 490 Technology controller, 629 Technology functions, 600 Telegrams, 516, 519 Temperature evaluation, 504 Thermal monitoring, 634 Torque signals, 634 R Ramp-function generator, 566 Reaction to faults, 655 Resetting faults, 662 rxxxx, 13 S Safety instructions Fundamental, 7 General, 8 Industrial security, 9 Safety instructions (parameter), 22 Scaling, 18 Setpoint channel, 566 Signals, 634 Skip frequency bands, 566 Speed control Vector, 576 Speed signals, 634 S
PAGE 763
PAGE 764
Siemens AG Industry Sector Drive Technologies Motion Control Systems P.O. Box 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY Subject to change © Siemens AG 2008 - 2014 www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120 Find out more on SINAMICS G120P by scanning the QR code.